1 /* PowerPC-specific support for 32-bit ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1994-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the
19 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
22 /* Don't generate unused section symbols. */
23 #define TARGET_KEEP_UNUSED_SECTION_SYMBOLS false
32 #include "elf32-ppc.h"
33 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
35 #include "opcode/ppc.h"
37 /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */
38 #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1
40 typedef enum split16_format_type
47 /* RELA relocations are used here. */
49 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
50 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
51 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
52 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
54 /* Branch prediction bit for branch taken relocs. */
55 #define BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT 0x200000
56 /* Mask to set RA in memory instructions. */
57 #define RA_REGISTER_MASK 0x001f0000
58 /* Value to shift register by to insert RA. */
59 #define RA_REGISTER_SHIFT 16
61 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
63 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
65 /* For old-style PLT. */
66 /* The number of single-slot PLT entries (the rest use two slots). */
67 #define PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES 8192
69 /* For new-style .glink and .plt. */
70 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE 16*4
71 #define GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE(htab, h) \
74 && h == htab->tls_get_addr \
75 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt ? 8*4 : 0) \
76 + (1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align) - 1) \
77 & -(1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align))
79 /* VxWorks uses its own plt layout, filled in by the static linker. */
81 /* The standard VxWorks PLT entry. */
82 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 32
83 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
84 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
86 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
87 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
88 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
89 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
90 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
91 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> */
95 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
96 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
98 0x3d9e0000, /* addis r12,r30,0 */
99 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
100 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
101 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
102 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
103 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> 14: R_PPC_REL24 .PLTresolve */
104 0x60000000, /* nop */
105 0x60000000, /* nop */
108 /* The initial VxWorks PLT entry. */
109 #define VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE 32
110 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
111 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
113 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
114 0x398c0000, /* addi r12,r12,0 */
115 0x800c0008, /* lwz r0,8(r12) */
116 0x7c0903a6, /* mtctr r0 */
117 0x818c0004, /* lwz r12,4(r12) */
118 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
119 0x60000000, /* nop */
120 0x60000000, /* nop */
122 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
123 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
125 0x819e0008, /* lwz r12,8(r30) */
126 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
127 0x819e0004, /* lwz r12,4(r30) */
128 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
129 0x60000000, /* nop */
130 0x60000000, /* nop */
131 0x60000000, /* nop */
132 0x60000000, /* nop */
135 /* For executables, we have some additional relocations in
136 .rela.plt.unloaded, for the kernel loader. */
138 /* The number of non-JMP_SLOT relocations per PLT0 slot. */
139 #define VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS 3
140 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot. */
141 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2
142 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot when creating
144 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0
146 /* Some instructions. */
147 #define ADDIS_11_11 0x3d6b0000
148 #define ADDIS_11_30 0x3d7e0000
149 #define ADDIS_12_12 0x3d8c0000
150 #define ADDI_11_11 0x396b0000
151 #define ADD_0_11_11 0x7c0b5a14
152 #define ADD_3_12_2 0x7c6c1214
153 #define ADD_11_0_11 0x7d605a14
155 #define BA 0x48000002
156 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005
157 #define BCTR 0x4e800420
158 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020
159 #define CMPWI_11_0 0x2c0b0000
160 #define LIS_11 0x3d600000
161 #define LIS_12 0x3d800000
162 #define LWZU_0_12 0x840c0000
163 #define LWZ_0_12 0x800c0000
164 #define LWZ_11_3 0x81630000
165 #define LWZ_11_11 0x816b0000
166 #define LWZ_11_30 0x817e0000
167 #define LWZ_12_3 0x81830000
168 #define LWZ_12_12 0x818c0000
169 #define MR_0_3 0x7c601b78
170 #define MR_3_0 0x7c030378
171 #define MFLR_0 0x7c0802a6
172 #define MFLR_12 0x7d8802a6
173 #define MTCTR_0 0x7c0903a6
174 #define MTCTR_11 0x7d6903a6
175 #define MTLR_0 0x7c0803a6
176 #define NOP 0x60000000
177 #define SUB_11_11_12 0x7d6c5850
179 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */
180 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
181 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
183 /* The value of a defined global symbol. */
184 #define SYM_VAL(SYM) \
185 ((SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma \
186 + (SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_offset \
187 + (SYM)->root.u.def.value)
189 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */
190 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple
191 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is
192 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative.
193 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at
194 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24
195 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here,
196 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */
197 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \
198 complain, special_func) \
199 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \
200 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \
201 #type, false, 0, mask, pc_relative)
203 static reloc_howto_type
*ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_max
];
205 static reloc_howto_type ppc_elf_howto_raw
[] = {
206 /* This reloc does nothing. */
207 HOW (R_PPC_NONE
, 3, 0, 0, 0, false, dont
,
208 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
210 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */
211 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont
,
212 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
214 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
215 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
216 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, false, signed,
217 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
219 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */
220 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, bitfield
,
221 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
223 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */
224 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
225 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
227 /* The high order 16 bits of an address. */
228 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
229 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
231 /* The high order 16 bits of an address, plus 1 if the contents of
232 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
233 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
234 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
236 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
237 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
238 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
239 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
241 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
242 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two
243 bits must be zero. */
244 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
245 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
247 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
248 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower
249 two bits must be zero. */
250 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
251 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
253 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
254 HOW (R_PPC_REL24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, true, signed,
255 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
257 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
258 HOW (R_PPC_REL14
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, true, signed,
259 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
261 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
262 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be
264 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, true, signed,
265 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
267 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
268 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must
270 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, true, signed,
271 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
273 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
275 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
276 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
278 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
280 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
281 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
283 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
285 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
286 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
288 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
290 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
291 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
293 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but referring to the procedure linkage table
294 entry for the symbol. */
295 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, true, signed,
296 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
298 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist
299 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The
300 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
301 shared library into the object, because the object being
302 run has to have the data at some particular address. */
303 HOW (R_PPC_COPY
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
304 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
306 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but used when setting global offset table
308 HOW (R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont
,
309 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
311 /* Marks a procedure linkage table entry for a symbol. */
312 HOW (R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
313 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
315 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this
316 longword is set to the load address of the object, plus the
318 HOW (R_PPC_RELATIVE
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont
,
319 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
321 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but uses the value of the symbol within the
322 object rather than the final value. Normally used for
323 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
324 HOW (R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, true, signed,
325 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
327 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */
328 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont
,
329 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
331 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */
332 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, bitfield
,
333 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
335 /* 32-bit PC relative */
336 HOW (R_PPC_REL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, true, dont
,
337 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
339 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
340 FIXME: not supported. */
341 HOW (R_PPC_PLT32
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
342 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
344 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
345 FIXME: not supported. */
346 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL32
, 2, 32, 0, 0, true, dont
,
347 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
349 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
351 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
352 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
354 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
356 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
357 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
359 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
361 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
362 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
364 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA_BASE_, for use with
366 HOW (R_PPC_SDAREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
367 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
369 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */
370 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
371 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
373 /* 16-bit lower half section relative relocation. */
374 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
375 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
377 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */
378 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
379 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
381 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */
382 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
383 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
385 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */
386 HOW (R_PPC_TLS
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
387 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
389 HOW (R_PPC_TLSGD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
390 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
392 HOW (R_PPC_TLSLD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
393 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
395 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */
396 HOW (R_PPC_PLTSEQ
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
397 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
399 HOW (R_PPC_PLTCALL
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
400 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
402 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
403 definition of its TLS sym. */
404 HOW (R_PPC_DTPMOD32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont
,
405 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
407 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
408 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
409 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */
410 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont
,
411 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
413 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */
414 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
415 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
417 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
418 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
419 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
421 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
422 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
423 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
425 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
426 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
427 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
429 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
430 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */
431 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont
,
432 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
434 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */
435 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
436 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
438 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */
439 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
440 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
442 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
443 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
444 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
446 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
447 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
448 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
450 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
451 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
452 to the first entry. */
453 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
454 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
456 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */
457 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
458 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
460 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
461 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
462 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
464 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
465 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
466 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
468 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
469 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
471 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
472 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
474 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */
475 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
476 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
478 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
479 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
480 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
482 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
483 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
484 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
486 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
487 the offset to the entry. */
488 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
489 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
491 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
492 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
493 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
495 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
496 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
497 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
499 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
500 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
501 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
503 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
504 offset to the entry. */
505 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
506 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
508 /* Like GOT_TPREL16, but no overflow. */
509 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
510 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
512 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
513 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
514 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
516 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
517 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
518 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
520 /* The remaining relocs are from the Embedded ELF ABI, and are not
521 in the SVR4 ELF ABI. */
523 /* 32 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
524 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont
,
525 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
527 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
528 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
529 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
531 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
532 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
533 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
535 /* The high order 16 bits of the addend minus the symbol. */
536 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
537 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
539 /* The high order 16 bits of the result of the addend minus the address,
540 plus 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
542 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
543 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
545 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
546 address in the .sdata section, and returning the offset from
547 _SDA_BASE_ for that relocation. */
548 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
549 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
551 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
552 address in the .sdata2 section, and returning the offset from
553 _SDA2_BASE_ for that relocation. */
554 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
555 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
557 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA2_BASE_, for use with
559 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
560 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
562 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling in the 16 bit
563 signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the register
564 field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
565 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
566 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
568 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF */
569 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16 */
570 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO */
571 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI */
572 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA */
573 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD */
575 /* PC relative relocation against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling
576 in the 16 bit signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the
577 register field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
578 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
579 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
581 /* A relative 8 bit branch. */
582 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL8
, 1, 8, 0xff, 1, true, signed,
583 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
585 /* A relative 15 bit branch. */
586 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL15
, 2, 16, 0xfffe, 0, true, signed,
587 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
589 /* A relative 24 bit branch. */
590 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL24
, 2, 25, 0x1fffffe, 0, true, signed,
591 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
593 /* The 16 LSBS in split16a format. */
594 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, false, dont
,
595 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
597 /* The 16 LSBS in split16d format. */
598 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, false, dont
,
599 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
601 /* Bits 16-31 split16a format. */
602 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont
,
603 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
605 /* Bits 16-31 split16d format. */
606 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont
,
607 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
609 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16a format. */
610 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont
,
611 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
613 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16d format. */
614 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont
,
615 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
617 /* This reloc is like R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 but only applies to e_add16i
618 instructions. If the register base is 0 then the linker changes
619 the e_add16i to an e_li instruction. */
620 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
621 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
623 /* Like R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 but ignore overflow. */
624 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
625 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
627 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
628 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, false, dont
,
629 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
631 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
632 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, false, dont
,
633 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
635 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
636 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont
,
637 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
639 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
640 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont
,
641 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
643 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16a format. */
644 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont
,
645 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
647 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16d format. */
648 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont
,
649 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
651 /* e_li split20 format. */
652 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
, 2, 20, 0x1f7fff, 0, false, dont
,
653 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
655 HOW (R_PPC_IRELATIVE
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont
,
656 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
658 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */
659 HOW (R_PPC_REL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, true, signed,
660 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
662 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */
663 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, true, dont
,
664 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
666 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */
667 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, true, dont
,
668 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
670 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
671 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
672 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, true, dont
,
673 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
675 /* Like R_PPC_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */
676 HOW (R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, true, signed,
677 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
679 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */
680 HOW (R_PPC_16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, false, signed,
681 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
683 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
684 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont
,
687 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
688 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont
,
691 /* Phony reloc to handle AIX style TOC entries. */
692 HOW (R_PPC_TOC16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
693 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
696 /* Initialize the ppc_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can be done. */
699 ppc_elf_howto_init (void)
701 unsigned int i
, type
;
704 i
< sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[0]);
707 type
= ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].type
;
708 if (type
>= (sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table
)
709 / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table
[0])))
711 ppc_elf_howto_table
[type
] = &ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
715 static reloc_howto_type
*
716 ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
717 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
)
719 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r
;
721 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
722 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
723 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
730 case BFD_RELOC_NONE
: r
= R_PPC_NONE
; break;
731 case BFD_RELOC_32
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR32
; break;
732 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR24
; break;
733 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
734 case BFD_RELOC_16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16
; break;
735 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
736 case BFD_RELOC_LO16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
; break;
737 case BFD_RELOC_HI16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
; break;
738 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
; break;
739 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14
; break;
740 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
; break;
741 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
; break;
742 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26
: r
= R_PPC_REL24
; break;
743 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16
: r
= R_PPC_REL14
; break;
744 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
; break;
745 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
; break;
746 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
747 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16
; break;
748 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
749 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_LO
; break;
750 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_HI
; break;
751 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_HA
; break;
752 case BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_PLTREL24
; break;
753 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY
: r
= R_PPC_COPY
; break;
754 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT
: r
= R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
; break;
755 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC
: r
= R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
; break;
756 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL32
; break;
757 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT32
; break;
758 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_PLTREL32
; break;
759 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
760 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_LO
; break;
761 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_HI
; break;
762 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_HA
; break;
763 case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_SDAREL16
; break;
764 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
765 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF
; break;
766 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
767 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
; break;
768 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
; break;
769 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
; break;
770 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR32
; break;
771 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
772 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16
: r
= R_PPC_TOC16
; break;
773 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS
: r
= R_PPC_TLS
; break;
774 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD
: r
= R_PPC_TLSGD
; break;
775 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD
: r
= R_PPC_TLSLD
; break;
776 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD
: r
= R_PPC_DTPMOD32
; break;
777 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
778 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16
; break;
779 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
780 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
; break;
781 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
; break;
782 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
; break;
783 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL32
; break;
784 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
785 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16
; break;
786 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
787 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
; break;
788 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
; break;
789 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
; break;
790 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL32
; break;
791 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
; break;
792 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
; break;
793 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
; break;
794 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
; break;
795 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
; break;
796 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
; break;
797 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
; break;
798 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
; break;
799 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
; break;
800 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
; break;
801 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
; break;
802 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
; break;
803 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
; break;
804 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
; break;
805 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
; break;
806 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
; break;
807 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
; break;
808 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
; break;
809 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
; break;
810 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
; break;
811 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
; break;
812 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
; break;
813 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
; break;
814 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
; break;
815 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA21
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
; break;
816 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
; break;
817 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
; break;
818 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
; break;
819 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
; break;
820 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
; break;
821 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
; break;
822 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
; break;
823 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL8
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL8
; break;
824 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL15
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL15
; break;
825 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL24
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL24
; break;
826 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
; break;
827 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
; break;
828 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
; break;
829 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
; break;
830 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
; break;
831 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
; break;
832 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
; break;
833 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
; break;
834 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
835 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
;
837 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
838 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
;
840 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
841 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
;
843 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
844 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
;
846 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
847 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
;
849 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
850 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
;
852 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16
; break;
853 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_LO
; break;
854 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_HI
; break;
855 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_HA
; break;
856 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC_16DX_HA
; break;
857 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
; break;
858 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT
: r
= R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
; break;
859 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
; break;
862 return ppc_elf_howto_table
[r
];
865 static reloc_howto_type
*
866 ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
872 i
< sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[0]);
874 if (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
!= NULL
875 && strcasecmp (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
, r_name
) == 0)
876 return &ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
881 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */
884 ppc_elf_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd
,
886 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst
)
890 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
891 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
892 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
894 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (dst
->r_info
);
895 if (r_type
>= R_PPC_max
)
897 /* xgettext:c-format */
898 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
900 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
904 cache_ptr
->howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
906 /* Just because the above assert didn't trigger doesn't mean that
907 ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info) is necessarily a valid relocation. */
908 if (cache_ptr
->howto
== NULL
)
910 /* xgettext:c-format */
911 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
913 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
921 /* Handle the R_PPC_ADDR16_HA and R_PPC_REL16_HA relocs. */
923 static bfd_reloc_status_type
924 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
925 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
928 asection
*input_section
,
930 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
932 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
934 bfd_size_type octets
;
937 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
939 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
943 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
944 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
945 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
)
946 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
949 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
950 value
= symbol
->value
;
951 value
+= (reloc_entry
->addend
952 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
953 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
);
954 value
-= (reloc_entry
->address
955 + input_section
->output_offset
956 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
959 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
960 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
962 insn
|= (value
& 0xffc1) | ((value
& 0x3e) << 15);
963 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
967 static bfd_reloc_status_type
968 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
969 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
972 asection
*input_section
,
974 char **error_message
)
976 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
977 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
979 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
980 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
981 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
983 if (error_message
!= NULL
)
985 static char *message
;
987 if (asprintf (&message
, _("generic linker can't handle %s"),
988 reloc_entry
->howto
->name
) < 0)
990 *error_message
= message
;
992 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
995 /* Sections created by the linker. */
997 typedef struct elf_linker_section
999 /* Pointer to the bfd section. */
1003 /* Associated bss section name. */
1004 const char *bss_name
;
1005 /* Associated symbol name. */
1006 const char *sym_name
;
1007 /* Associated symbol. */
1008 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym
;
1009 } elf_linker_section_t
;
1011 /* Linked list of allocated pointer entries. This hangs off of the
1012 symbol lists, and provides allows us to return different pointers,
1013 based on different addend's. */
1015 typedef struct elf_linker_section_pointers
1017 /* next allocated pointer for this symbol */
1018 struct elf_linker_section_pointers
*next
;
1019 /* offset of pointer from beginning of section */
1023 /* which linker section this is */
1024 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
;
1025 } elf_linker_section_pointers_t
;
1027 struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
1029 struct elf_obj_tdata elf
;
1031 /* A mapping from local symbols to offsets into the various linker
1032 sections added. This is index by the symbol index. */
1033 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**linker_section_pointers
;
1035 /* Flags used to auto-detect plt type. */
1036 unsigned int makes_plt_call
: 1;
1037 unsigned int has_rel16
: 1;
1040 #define ppc_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1041 ((struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1043 #define elf_local_ptr_offsets(bfd) \
1044 (ppc_elf_tdata (bfd)->linker_section_pointers)
1046 #define is_ppc_elf(bfd) \
1047 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1048 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC32_ELF_DATA)
1050 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */
1053 ppc_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1055 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
),
1059 /* When defaulting arch/mach, decode apuinfo to find a better match. */
1062 _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (bfd
*abfd
)
1064 unsigned long mach
= 0;
1066 unsigned char *contents
;
1068 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32
1069 && bfd_big_endian (abfd
))
1072 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
1073 if ((elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1076 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
;
1081 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1084 && bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &contents
))
1086 unsigned int apuinfo_size
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ 4);
1089 for (i
= 20; i
< apuinfo_size
+ 20 && i
+ 4 <= s
->size
; i
+= 4)
1091 unsigned int val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ i
);
1094 case PPC_APUINFO_PMR
:
1095 case PPC_APUINFO_RFMCI
:
1097 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_titan
;
1100 case PPC_APUINFO_ISEL
:
1101 case PPC_APUINFO_CACHELCK
:
1102 if (mach
== bfd_mach_ppc_titan
)
1103 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_e500mc
;
1106 case PPC_APUINFO_SPE
:
1107 case PPC_APUINFO_EFS
:
1108 case PPC_APUINFO_BRLOCK
:
1109 if (mach
!= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
)
1110 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_e500
;
1113 case PPC_APUINFO_VLE
:
1114 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
;
1125 if (mach
!= 0 && mach
!= -1ul)
1127 const bfd_arch_info_type
*arch
;
1129 for (arch
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
; arch
; arch
= arch
->next
)
1130 if (arch
->mach
== mach
)
1132 abfd
->arch_info
= arch
;
1139 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 32 bit input bfd when the
1140 default is 64 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */
1143 ppc_elf_object_p (bfd
*abfd
)
1145 if (!abfd
->arch_info
->the_default
)
1148 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 64)
1150 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1152 if (i_ehdr
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
1154 /* Relies on arch after 64 bit default being 32 bit default. */
1155 abfd
->arch_info
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
;
1156 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32);
1159 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd
);
1162 /* Function to set whether a module needs the -mrelocatable bit set. */
1165 ppc_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
1167 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
1168 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
1170 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
1171 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = true;
1175 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
1178 ppc_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1183 switch (note
->descsz
)
1188 case 268: /* Linux/PPC. */
1190 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
1193 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 24);
1202 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
1203 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
1204 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
1208 ppc_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1210 switch (note
->descsz
)
1215 case 128: /* Linux/PPC elf_prpsinfo. */
1216 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
1217 = bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 16);
1218 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
1219 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 32, 16);
1220 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
1221 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 48, 80);
1224 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
1225 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
1226 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
1229 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
1230 int n
= strlen (command
);
1232 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
1233 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
1240 ppc_elf_write_core_note (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
, int note_type
, ...)
1249 char data
[128] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING
;
1252 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1253 memset (data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
1254 strncpy (data
+ 32, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 16);
1255 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1257 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with
1258 -Wstringop-truncation:
1259 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643
1261 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION
;
1263 strncpy (data
+ 48, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 80);
1264 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1268 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1269 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1280 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1281 memset (data
, 0, 72);
1282 pid
= va_arg (ap
, long);
1283 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, pid
, data
+ 24);
1284 cursig
= va_arg (ap
, int);
1285 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, cursig
, data
+ 12);
1286 greg
= va_arg (ap
, const void *);
1287 memcpy (data
+ 72, greg
, 192);
1288 memset (data
+ 264, 0, 4);
1290 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1291 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1297 ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags (char *flag_name
)
1300 if (!strcmp (flag_name
, "SHF_PPC_VLE"))
1306 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
1307 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
1310 ppc_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1311 const asection
*plt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1314 return rel
->address
;
1317 /* Handle a PowerPC specific section when reading an object file. This
1318 is called when bfd_section_from_shdr finds a section with an unknown
1322 ppc_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
1323 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
1330 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1333 newsect
= hdr
->bfd_section
;
1335 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
)
1336 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1338 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_ORDERED
)
1339 flags
|= SEC_SORT_ENTRIES
;
1341 if (startswith (name
, ".PPC.EMB"))
1343 if (startswith (name
, ".sbss")
1344 || startswith (name
, ".sdata"))
1345 flags
|= SEC_SMALL_DATA
;
1348 || bfd_set_section_flags (newsect
, newsect
->flags
| flags
));
1351 /* Set up any other section flags and such that may be necessary. */
1354 ppc_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1355 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
,
1358 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_SORT_ENTRIES
) != 0)
1359 shdr
->sh_type
= SHT_ORDERED
;
1364 /* If we have .sbss2 or .PPC.EMB.sbss0 output sections, we
1365 need to bump up the number of section headers. */
1368 ppc_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
1369 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1374 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".sbss2");
1375 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1378 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0");
1379 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1385 /* Modify the segment map for VLE executables. */
1388 ppc_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
1389 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1391 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
1393 /* At this point in the link, output sections have already been sorted by
1394 LMA and assigned to segments. All that is left to do is to ensure
1395 there is no mixing of VLE & non-VLE sections in a text segment.
1396 If we find that case, we split the segment.
1397 We maintain the original output section order. */
1399 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
1401 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
1404 unsigned int p_flags
;
1406 if (m
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
|| m
->count
== 0)
1409 for (p_flags
= PF_R
, j
= 0; j
!= m
->count
; ++j
)
1411 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
1413 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
1416 if ((elf_section_flags (m
->sections
[j
]) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1417 p_flags
|= PF_PPC_VLE
;
1422 while (++j
!= m
->count
)
1424 unsigned int p_flags1
= PF_R
;
1426 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
1428 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
1431 if ((elf_section_flags (m
->sections
[j
]) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1432 p_flags1
|= PF_PPC_VLE
;
1433 if (((p_flags1
^ p_flags
) & PF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1436 p_flags
|= p_flags1
;
1438 /* If we're splitting a segment which originally contained rw
1439 sections then those sections might now only be in one of the
1440 two parts. So always set p_flags if splitting, even if we
1441 are being called for objcopy with p_flags_valid set. */
1442 if (j
!= m
->count
|| !m
->p_flags_valid
)
1444 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
1445 m
->p_flags
= p_flags
;
1450 /* Sections 0..j-1 stay in this (current) segment,
1451 the remainder are put in a new segment.
1452 The scan resumes with the new segment. */
1454 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
1455 amt
+= (m
->count
- j
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
1456 n
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1460 n
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
1461 n
->count
= m
->count
- j
;
1462 for (k
= 0; k
< n
->count
; ++k
)
1463 n
->sections
[k
] = m
->sections
[j
+ k
];
1465 m
->p_size_valid
= 0;
1473 /* Add extra PPC sections -- Note, for now, make .sbss2 and
1474 .PPC.EMB.sbss0 a normal section, and not a bss section so
1475 that the linker doesn't crater when trying to make more than
1478 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_elf_special_sections
[] =
1480 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
1481 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1482 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1483 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1484 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1485 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tags"), 0, SHT_ORDERED
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1486 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
), 0, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
1487 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sbss0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1488 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sdata0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1489 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1492 /* This is what we want for new plt/got. */
1493 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_alt_plt
=
1494 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
};
1496 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
1497 ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1499 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
1501 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
1502 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
1505 ssect
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, ppc_elf_special_sections
,
1509 if (ssect
== ppc_elf_special_sections
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
1510 ssect
= &ppc_alt_plt
;
1514 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
1517 /* Very simple linked list structure for recording apuinfo values. */
1518 typedef struct apuinfo_list
1520 struct apuinfo_list
*next
;
1521 unsigned long value
;
1525 static apuinfo_list
*head
;
1526 static bool apuinfo_set
;
1529 apuinfo_list_init (void)
1532 apuinfo_set
= false;
1536 apuinfo_list_add (unsigned long value
)
1538 apuinfo_list
*entry
= head
;
1540 while (entry
!= NULL
)
1542 if (entry
->value
== value
)
1544 entry
= entry
->next
;
1547 entry
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (* entry
));
1551 entry
->value
= value
;
1557 apuinfo_list_length (void)
1559 apuinfo_list
*entry
;
1560 unsigned long count
;
1562 for (entry
= head
, count
= 0;
1564 entry
= entry
->next
)
1570 static inline unsigned long
1571 apuinfo_list_element (unsigned long number
)
1573 apuinfo_list
* entry
;
1577 entry
= entry
->next
)
1580 return entry
? entry
->value
: 0;
1584 apuinfo_list_finish (void)
1586 apuinfo_list
*entry
;
1588 for (entry
= head
; entry
;)
1590 apuinfo_list
*next
= entry
->next
;
1598 /* Scan the input BFDs and create a linked list of
1599 the APUinfo values that will need to be emitted. */
1602 ppc_elf_begin_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
1606 char *buffer
= NULL
;
1607 bfd_size_type largest_input_size
= 0;
1609 unsigned long length
;
1610 const char *error_message
= NULL
;
1612 if (link_info
== NULL
)
1615 apuinfo_list_init ();
1617 /* Read in the input sections contents. */
1618 for (ibfd
= link_info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
1620 unsigned long datum
;
1622 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1626 /* xgettext:c-format */
1627 error_message
= _("corrupt %s section in %pB");
1628 length
= asec
->size
;
1633 if (largest_input_size
< asec
->size
)
1636 largest_input_size
= asec
->size
;
1637 buffer
= bfd_malloc (largest_input_size
);
1642 if (bfd_seek (ibfd
, asec
->filepos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
1643 || (bfd_bread (buffer
, length
, ibfd
) != length
))
1645 /* xgettext:c-format */
1646 error_message
= _("unable to read in %s section from %pB");
1650 /* Verify the contents of the header. Note - we have to
1651 extract the values this way in order to allow for a
1652 host whose endian-ness is different from the target. */
1653 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
);
1654 if (datum
!= sizeof APUINFO_LABEL
)
1657 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 8);
1661 if (strcmp (buffer
+ 12, APUINFO_LABEL
) != 0)
1664 /* Get the number of bytes used for apuinfo entries. */
1665 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 4);
1666 if (datum
+ 20 != length
)
1669 /* Scan the apuinfo section, building a list of apuinfo numbers. */
1670 for (i
= 0; i
< datum
; i
+= 4)
1671 apuinfo_list_add (bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 20 + i
));
1674 error_message
= NULL
;
1678 /* Compute the size of the output section. */
1679 unsigned num_entries
= apuinfo_list_length ();
1681 /* Set the output section size, if it exists. */
1682 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1684 if (asec
&& !bfd_set_section_size (asec
, 20 + num_entries
* 4))
1687 /* xgettext:c-format */
1688 error_message
= _("warning: unable to set size of %s section in %pB");
1696 _bfd_error_handler (error_message
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
, ibfd
);
1699 /* Prevent the output section from accumulating the input sections'
1700 contents. We have already stored this in our linked list structure. */
1703 ppc_elf_write_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1704 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1706 bfd_byte
*contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1708 return apuinfo_set
&& strcmp (asec
->name
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
) == 0;
1711 /* Finally we can generate the output section. */
1714 ppc_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
1719 unsigned num_entries
;
1720 bfd_size_type length
;
1722 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1729 length
= asec
->size
;
1733 buffer
= bfd_malloc (length
);
1737 (_("failed to allocate space for new APUinfo section"));
1741 /* Create the apuinfo header. */
1742 num_entries
= apuinfo_list_length ();
1743 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, sizeof APUINFO_LABEL
, buffer
);
1744 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, num_entries
* 4, buffer
+ 4);
1745 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, 0x2, buffer
+ 8);
1746 strcpy ((char *) buffer
+ 12, APUINFO_LABEL
);
1749 for (i
= 0; i
< num_entries
; i
++)
1751 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, apuinfo_list_element (i
), buffer
+ length
);
1755 if (length
!= asec
->size
)
1756 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to compute new APUinfo section"));
1758 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, asec
, buffer
, (file_ptr
) 0, length
))
1759 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to install new APUinfo section"));
1763 apuinfo_list_finish ();
1767 ppc_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
1769 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd
);
1770 return _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (abfd
);
1774 is_nonpic_glink_stub (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*glink
, bfd_vma off
)
1776 bfd_byte buf
[4 * 4];
1778 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
, off
, sizeof buf
))
1781 return ((bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 0) & 0xffff0000) == LIS_11
1782 && (bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 4) & 0xffff0000) == LWZ_11_11
1783 && bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 8) == MTCTR_11
1784 && bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 12) == BCTR
);
1788 section_covers_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
, void *ptr
)
1790 bfd_vma vma
= *(bfd_vma
*) ptr
;
1791 return ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1792 && section
->vma
<= vma
1793 && vma
< section
->vma
+ section
->size
);
1797 ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, long symcount
, asymbol
**syms
,
1798 long dynsymcount
, asymbol
**dynsyms
,
1801 bool (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bool);
1802 asection
*plt
, *relplt
, *dynamic
, *glink
;
1803 bfd_vma glink_vma
= 0;
1804 bfd_vma resolv_vma
= 0;
1808 size_t count
, i
, stub_delta
;
1815 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
1818 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
1821 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
1825 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
1829 /* Call common code to handle old-style executable PLTs. */
1830 if (elf_section_flags (plt
) & SHF_EXECINSTR
)
1831 return _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (abfd
, symcount
, syms
,
1832 dynsymcount
, dynsyms
, ret
);
1834 /* If this object was prelinked, the prelinker stored the address
1835 of .glink at got[1]. If it wasn't prelinked, got[1] will be zero. */
1836 dynamic
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1837 if (dynamic
!= NULL
)
1839 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
, *extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1841 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1843 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, dynamic
, &dynbuf
))
1846 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1847 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1850 extdynend
= extdyn
+ dynamic
->size
;
1851 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1853 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1854 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1856 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1859 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_PPC_GOT
)
1861 unsigned int g_o_t
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1862 asection
*got
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got");
1864 && bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, got
, buf
,
1865 g_o_t
- got
->vma
+ 4, 4))
1866 glink_vma
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1873 /* Otherwise we read the first plt entry. */
1876 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, plt
, buf
, 0, 4))
1877 glink_vma
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1883 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
1884 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
1885 glink stubs now reside. */
1886 glink
= bfd_sections_find_if (abfd
, section_covers_vma
, &glink_vma
);
1890 /* Determine glink PLT resolver by reading the relative branch
1891 from the first glink stub. */
1892 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
1893 glink_vma
- glink
->vma
, 4))
1895 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1897 /* The first glink stub may either branch to the resolver ... */
1899 if ((insn
& ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
1900 resolv_vma
= glink_vma
+ (insn
^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
1902 /* ... or fall through a bunch of NOPs. */
1903 else if ((insn
^ B
^ NOP
) == 0)
1905 bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
1906 glink_vma
- glink
->vma
+ i
, 4);
1908 if (bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
) != NOP
)
1910 resolv_vma
= glink_vma
+ i
;
1915 count
= relplt
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
1916 /* If the stubs are those for -shared/-pie then we might have
1917 multiple stubs for each plt entry. If that is the case then
1918 there is no way to associate stubs with their plt entries short
1919 of figuring out the GOT pointer value used in the stub.
1920 The offsets tested here need to cover all possible values of
1921 GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE for other than __tls_get_addr_opt. */
1922 stub_off
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1923 for (stub_delta
= 16; stub_delta
<= 32; stub_delta
+= 8)
1924 if (is_nonpic_glink_stub (abfd
, glink
, stub_off
- stub_delta
))
1926 if (stub_delta
> 32)
1929 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
1930 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, true))
1933 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
1934 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
1935 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
++)
1937 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
1939 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
1942 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink");
1945 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
1947 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
1951 stub_off
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1952 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
+ 1 + (resolv_vma
!= 0));
1953 p
= relplt
->relocation
+ count
- 1;
1954 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1958 stub_off
-= stub_delta
;
1959 if (strcmp ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0)
1961 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
1962 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
1963 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
1964 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
1965 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
1966 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
1968 s
->value
= stub_off
;
1971 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
1972 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
1976 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
1977 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
1978 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, names
, p
->addend
);
1979 names
+= strlen (names
);
1981 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
1982 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
1987 /* Add a symbol at the start of the glink branch table. */
1988 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
1990 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
1992 s
->value
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1994 memcpy (names
, "__glink", sizeof ("__glink"));
1995 names
+= sizeof ("__glink");
2001 /* Add a symbol for the glink PLT resolver. */
2002 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
2004 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2006 s
->value
= resolv_vma
- glink
->vma
;
2008 memcpy (names
, "__glink_PLTresolve", sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
2009 names
+= sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2017 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2018 functions above are used generally. They appear in this file more
2019 or less in the order in which they are called. eg.
2020 ppc_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2021 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2024 /* Track PLT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more
2025 than one glink entry per symbol when generating a pic binary. */
2028 struct plt_entry
*next
;
2030 /* -fPIC uses multiple GOT sections, one per file, called ".got2".
2031 This field stores the offset into .got2 used to initialise the
2032 GOT pointer reg. It will always be at least 32768. (Current
2033 gcc always uses an offset of 32768, but ld -r will pack .got2
2034 sections together resulting in larger offsets). */
2037 /* The .got2 section. */
2040 /* PLT refcount or offset. */
2043 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
2047 /* .glink stub offset. */
2048 bfd_vma glink_offset
;
2051 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this
2052 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared
2053 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */
2056 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2057 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2062 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load
2063 address isn't fixed. DTPREL32 is excluded because the
2064 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from
2065 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC_OPT_TLS is set. */
2070 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
2071 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
2077 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
2078 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
2079 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
2080 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the
2081 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */
2082 return bfd_link_dll (info
);
2086 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2087 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss
2088 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2090 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2092 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */
2093 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
2095 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*next
;
2097 /* The input section of the reloc. */
2100 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
2101 unsigned int count
: 31;
2103 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
2104 unsigned int ifunc
: 1;
2107 /* PPC ELF linker hash entry. */
2109 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
2111 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf
;
2113 /* If this symbol is used in the linker created sections, the processor
2114 specific backend uses this field to map the field into the offset
2115 from the beginning of the section. */
2116 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_pointer
;
2118 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT.
2119 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are
2120 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any
2121 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when
2122 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not
2123 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also
2124 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one.
2125 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */
2126 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */
2127 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */
2128 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */
2129 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
2130 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
2131 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */
2132 #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
2133 unsigned char tls_mask
;
2135 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which
2136 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */
2137 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
2138 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */
2139 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */
2141 /* Nonzero if we have seen a small data relocation referring to this
2143 unsigned char has_sda_refs
: 1;
2145 /* Flag use of given relocations. */
2146 unsigned char has_addr16_ha
: 1;
2147 unsigned char has_addr16_lo
: 1;
2150 #define ppc_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) (ent))
2152 /* PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2154 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
2156 struct elf_link_hash_table elf
;
2158 /* Various options passed from the linker. */
2159 struct ppc_elf_params
*params
;
2161 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
2165 elf_linker_section_t sdata
[2];
2167 asection
*glink_eh_frame
;
2169 asection
*relpltlocal
;
2171 /* The (unloaded but important) .rela.plt.unloaded on VxWorks. */
2174 /* Shortcut to __tls_get_addr. */
2175 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr
;
2177 /* The bfd that forced an old-style PLT. */
2180 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. */
2182 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
2186 /* Offset of branch table to PltResolve function in glink. */
2187 bfd_vma glink_pltresolve
;
2189 /* Size of reserved GOT entries. */
2190 unsigned int got_header_size
;
2191 /* Non-zero if allocating the header left a gap. */
2192 unsigned int got_gap
;
2194 /* The type of PLT we have chosen to use. */
2195 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type
;
2197 /* Whether there exist local gnu indirect function resolvers,
2198 referenced by dynamic relocations. */
2199 unsigned int local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
2200 unsigned int maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
2202 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */
2203 unsigned int do_tls_opt
:1;
2205 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */
2206 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt
:1;
2208 /* The size of PLT entries. */
2210 /* The distance between adjacent PLT slots. */
2212 /* The size of the first PLT entry. */
2213 int plt_initial_entry_size
;
2216 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
2217 are used for ppc32. The flags are only valid for ppc32 elf objects. */
2219 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */
2220 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
2222 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker
2224 #define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1
2226 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */
2227 #define has_pltcall sec_flg2
2229 /* Get the PPC ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
2231 #define ppc_elf_hash_table(p) \
2232 ((is_elf_hash_table ((p)->hash) \
2233 && elf_hash_table_id (elf_hash_table (p)) == PPC32_ELF_DATA) \
2234 ? (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *) (p)->hash : NULL)
2236 /* Create an entry in a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2238 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
2239 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
2240 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
2243 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2247 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
,
2248 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
));
2253 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
2254 entry
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
2257 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->linker_section_pointer
= NULL
;
2258 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->tls_mask
= 0;
2259 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->has_sda_refs
= 0;
2265 /* Create a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2267 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
2268 ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
2270 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
2271 static struct ppc_elf_params default_params
2272 = { PLT_OLD
, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 12, 0, 0, 0 };
2274 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
));
2278 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->elf
, abfd
,
2279 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
2280 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
),
2287 ret
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
2288 ret
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
2289 ret
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.offset
= 0;
2290 ret
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
2292 ret
->params
= &default_params
;
2294 ret
->sdata
[0].name
= ".sdata";
2295 ret
->sdata
[0].sym_name
= "_SDA_BASE_";
2296 ret
->sdata
[0].bss_name
= ".sbss";
2298 ret
->sdata
[1].name
= ".sdata2";
2299 ret
->sdata
[1].sym_name
= "_SDA2_BASE_";
2300 ret
->sdata
[1].bss_name
= ".sbss2";
2302 ret
->plt_entry_size
= 12;
2303 ret
->plt_slot_size
= 8;
2304 ret
->plt_initial_entry_size
= 72;
2306 return &ret
->elf
.root
;
2309 /* Hook linker params into hash table. */
2312 ppc_elf_link_params (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct ppc_elf_params
*params
)
2314 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2317 htab
->params
= params
;
2318 params
->pagesize_p2
= bfd_log2 (params
->pagesize
);
2321 /* Create .got and the related sections. */
2324 ppc_elf_create_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2326 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2328 if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
2331 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2332 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
)
2334 /* The powerpc .got has a blrl instruction in it. Mark it
2336 flagword flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2337 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2338 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.sgot
, flags
))
2345 /* Create a special linker section, used for R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16 and
2346 R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16 pointers. These sections become part of .sdata
2347 and .sdata2. Create _SDA_BASE_ and _SDA2_BASE too. */
2350 ppc_elf_create_linker_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2351 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2353 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
2357 flags
|= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
2358 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2360 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, lsect
->name
, flags
);
2365 /* Define the sym on the first section of this name. */
2366 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, lsect
->name
);
2368 lsect
->sym
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
, lsect
->sym_name
);
2369 if (lsect
->sym
== NULL
)
2371 lsect
->sym
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0x8000;
2376 ppc_elf_create_glink (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2378 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2383 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2384 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2385 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".glink", flags
);
2387 p2align
= htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? 6 : 4;
2388 if (p2align
< htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
)
2389 p2align
= htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
2391 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, p2align
))
2394 if (!info
->no_ld_generated_unwind_info
)
2396 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2397 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2398 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".eh_frame", flags
);
2399 htab
->glink_eh_frame
= s
;
2401 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2405 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2406 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".iplt", flags
);
2409 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 4))
2412 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2413 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2414 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.iplt", flags
);
2415 htab
->elf
.irelplt
= s
;
2417 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2420 /* Local plt entries. */
2421 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
2422 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2423 htab
->pltlocal
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".branch_lt",
2425 if (htab
->pltlocal
== NULL
2426 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->pltlocal
, 2))
2429 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
2431 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
2432 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2434 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
2435 if (htab
->relpltlocal
== NULL
2436 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->relpltlocal
, 2))
2440 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd
, info
, 0,
2444 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd
, info
, SEC_READONLY
,
2451 /* We have to create .dynsbss and .rela.sbss here so that they get mapped
2452 to output sections (just like _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections has
2453 to create .dynbss and .rela.bss). */
2456 ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2458 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2462 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2464 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
2465 && !ppc_elf_create_got (abfd
, info
))
2468 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
2471 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
2472 && !ppc_elf_create_glink (abfd
, info
))
2475 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynsbss",
2476 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2481 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
2483 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2484 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2485 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.sbss", flags
);
2488 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2492 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
2493 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
2497 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2498 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
2499 /* The VxWorks PLT is a loaded section with contents. */
2500 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
;
2501 return bfd_set_section_flags (s
, flags
);
2504 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
2507 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2508 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
2509 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
2511 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*edir
, *eind
;
2513 edir
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
2514 eind
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
2516 edir
->tls_mask
|= eind
->tls_mask
;
2517 edir
->has_sda_refs
|= eind
->has_sda_refs
;
2519 if (edir
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
2520 edir
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= eind
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
2521 edir
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular
;
2522 edir
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
2523 edir
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= eind
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
2524 edir
->elf
.needs_plt
|= eind
->elf
.needs_plt
;
2525 edir
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
|= eind
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
;
2527 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, that's all. */
2528 if (eind
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2531 if (ind
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
2533 if (dir
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
2535 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
2536 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
2538 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
2539 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
2540 for (pp
= &ind
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
2542 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*q
;
2544 for (q
= dir
->dyn_relocs
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
2545 if (q
->sec
== p
->sec
)
2547 q
->pc_count
+= p
->pc_count
;
2548 q
->count
+= p
->count
;
2555 *pp
= dir
->dyn_relocs
;
2558 dir
->dyn_relocs
= ind
->dyn_relocs
;
2559 ind
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
2562 /* Copy over the GOT refcount entries that we may have already seen to
2563 the symbol which just became indirect. */
2564 edir
->elf
.got
.refcount
+= eind
->elf
.got
.refcount
;
2565 eind
->elf
.got
.refcount
= 0;
2567 /* And plt entries. */
2568 if (eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
2570 if (edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
2572 struct plt_entry
**entp
;
2573 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2575 for (entp
= &eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
2577 struct plt_entry
*dent
;
2579 for (dent
= edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
2580 if (dent
->sec
== ent
->sec
&& dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
)
2582 dent
->plt
.refcount
+= ent
->plt
.refcount
;
2589 *entp
= edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
2592 edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
= eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
2593 eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
= NULL
;
2596 if (eind
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
2598 if (edir
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
2599 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
2600 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
);
2601 edir
->elf
.dynindx
= eind
->elf
.dynindx
;
2602 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
= eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
;
2603 eind
->elf
.dynindx
= -1;
2604 eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
= 0;
2608 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
2609 file. We use it to put .comm items in .sbss, and not .bss. */
2612 ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
,
2613 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2614 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
2615 const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2616 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2620 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
2621 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
2622 && is_ppc_elf (info
->output_bfd
)
2623 && sym
->st_size
<= elf_gp_size (abfd
))
2625 /* Common symbols less than or equal to -G nn bytes are automatically
2627 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2629 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2630 if (htab
->sbss
== NULL
)
2632 flagword flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2634 if (!htab
->elf
.dynobj
)
2635 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2637 htab
->sbss
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab
->elf
.dynobj
,
2640 if (htab
->sbss
== NULL
)
2645 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
2651 /* Find a linker generated pointer with a given addend and type. */
2653 static elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*
2654 elf_find_pointer_linker_section
2655 (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_pointers
,
2657 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
2659 for ( ; linker_pointers
!= NULL
; linker_pointers
= linker_pointers
->next
)
2660 if (lsect
== linker_pointers
->lsect
&& addend
== linker_pointers
->addend
)
2661 return linker_pointers
;
2666 /* Allocate a pointer to live in a linker created section. */
2669 elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2670 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
,
2671 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2672 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
2674 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**ptr_linker_section_ptr
= NULL
;
2675 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_ptr
;
2676 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
2679 BFD_ASSERT (lsect
!= NULL
);
2681 /* Is this a global symbol? */
2684 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
2686 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2687 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2688 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (eh
->linker_section_pointer
,
2693 ptr_linker_section_ptr
= &eh
->linker_section_pointer
;
2697 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd
));
2699 /* Allocation of a pointer to a local symbol. */
2700 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**ptr
= elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd
);
2702 /* Allocate a table to hold the local symbols if first time. */
2705 unsigned int num_symbols
= elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
).sh_info
;
2708 amt
*= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*);
2709 ptr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2714 elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd
) = ptr
;
2717 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2718 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (ptr
[r_symndx
],
2723 ptr_linker_section_ptr
= &ptr
[r_symndx
];
2726 /* Allocate space for a pointer in the linker section, and allocate
2727 a new pointer record from internal memory. */
2728 BFD_ASSERT (ptr_linker_section_ptr
!= NULL
);
2729 amt
= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
);
2730 linker_section_ptr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2732 if (!linker_section_ptr
)
2735 linker_section_ptr
->next
= *ptr_linker_section_ptr
;
2736 linker_section_ptr
->addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
2737 linker_section_ptr
->lsect
= lsect
;
2738 *ptr_linker_section_ptr
= linker_section_ptr
;
2740 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (lsect
->section
, 2))
2742 linker_section_ptr
->offset
= lsect
->section
->size
;
2743 lsect
->section
->size
+= 4;
2747 "Create pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld, section size = %ld\n",
2748 lsect
->name
, (long) linker_section_ptr
->offset
,
2749 (long) lsect
->section
->size
);
2755 static struct plt_entry
**
2756 update_local_sym_info (bfd
*abfd
,
2757 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
2758 unsigned long r_symndx
,
2761 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
2762 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
2763 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks
;
2765 if (local_got_refcounts
== NULL
)
2767 bfd_size_type size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
2769 size
*= (sizeof (*local_got_refcounts
)
2770 + sizeof (*local_plt
)
2771 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks
));
2772 local_got_refcounts
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, size
);
2773 if (local_got_refcounts
== NULL
)
2775 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
) = local_got_refcounts
;
2778 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_refcounts
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
2779 local_got_tls_masks
= (unsigned char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
2780 local_got_tls_masks
[r_symndx
] |= tls_type
& 0xff;
2781 if ((tls_type
& NON_GOT
) == 0)
2782 local_got_refcounts
[r_symndx
] += 1;
2783 return local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
2787 update_plt_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct plt_entry
**plist
,
2788 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addend
)
2790 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2794 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
2795 if (ent
->sec
== sec
&& ent
->addend
== addend
)
2799 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
2800 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2805 ent
->addend
= addend
;
2806 ent
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
2809 ent
->plt
.refcount
+= 1;
2813 static struct plt_entry
*
2814 find_plt_ent (struct plt_entry
**plist
, asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addend
)
2816 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2820 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
2821 if (ent
->sec
== sec
&& ent
->addend
== addend
)
2827 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2829 return (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
2830 || r_type
== R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
2831 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL24
2832 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14
2833 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
2834 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
2835 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR24
2836 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14
2837 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
2838 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
2839 || r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_REL24
);
2842 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */
2845 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2847 return (r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
2848 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2849 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2850 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLTSEQ
);
2854 bad_shared_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2857 /* xgettext:c-format */
2858 (_("%pB: relocation %s cannot be used when making a shared object"),
2860 ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
2861 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2864 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
2865 allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
2869 ppc_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
2870 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2872 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
2874 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2875 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2876 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
2877 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
2878 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
2879 asection
*got2
, *sreloc
;
2880 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tga
;
2882 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
2886 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_check_relocs called for section %pA in %pB",
2890 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd
));
2892 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
2893 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
2894 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
2896 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2897 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
)
2899 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
2900 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2901 if (!ppc_elf_create_glink (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
2904 tga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
2905 false, false, true);
2906 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
2907 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
2908 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got2");
2911 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
2912 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
2914 unsigned long r_symndx
;
2915 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
2916 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2918 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
;
2919 struct plt_entry
**pltent
;
2922 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
2923 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
2927 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
2928 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2929 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2930 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2933 /* If a relocation refers to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, create the .got.
2934 This shows up in particular in an R_PPC_ADDR32 in the eabi
2937 && htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
2938 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
2940 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
2941 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2942 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
2944 BFD_ASSERT (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
);
2948 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
2950 if (h
== NULL
&& htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
)
2952 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->elf
.sym_cache
,
2957 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
2959 /* Set PLT_IFUNC flag for this sym, no GOT entry yet. */
2960 ifunc
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
2961 NON_GOT
| PLT_IFUNC
);
2965 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols must have a PLT entry;
2966 In a non-pie executable even when there are
2968 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
2969 || is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
2970 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2971 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2972 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
)
2975 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
2976 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->makes_plt_call
= 1;
2977 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
2978 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
2979 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2980 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2981 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
2982 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
2983 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, ifunc
, got2
, addend
))
2989 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
2990 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
2995 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_TLSGD
2996 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_TLSLD
))
2997 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a marker
3001 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */
3002 sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
= 1;
3009 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
3010 its parameter symbol. */
3012 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
;
3014 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
3015 NON_GOT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
3022 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
3023 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
3024 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
3025 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
3026 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
3029 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
3030 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
3031 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
3032 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
3033 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
3036 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
3037 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
3038 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
3039 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
3040 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
3041 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
3042 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
3045 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
3046 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
3047 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
3048 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
3049 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
3051 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
3054 /* GOT16 relocations */
3056 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
3057 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI
:
3058 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
3059 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
3060 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
3062 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
3063 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
3064 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
3069 h
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
3070 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= tls_type
;
3073 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
3074 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
, tls_type
))
3077 /* We may also need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3079 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3081 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3086 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
3087 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
:
3088 htab
->sdata
[0].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3089 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0],
3094 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= true;
3095 h
->non_got_ref
= true;
3099 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
3100 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
:
3101 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
3103 bad_shared_reloc (abfd
, r_type
);
3106 htab
->sdata
[1].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3107 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1],
3112 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= true;
3113 h
->non_got_ref
= true;
3117 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
3118 htab
->sdata
[0].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3121 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
3122 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
3123 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
3124 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
3125 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
3126 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
3129 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= true;
3130 h
->non_got_ref
= true;
3134 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8
:
3135 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15
:
3136 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24
:
3137 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
:
3138 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
:
3139 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
:
3140 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
:
3141 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
:
3142 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
:
3143 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
:
3146 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
:
3147 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
3149 bad_shared_reloc (abfd
, r_type
);
3152 htab
->sdata
[1].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3155 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= true;
3156 h
->non_got_ref
= true;
3160 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
:
3161 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
:
3162 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
:
3163 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
:
3166 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= true;
3167 h
->non_got_ref
= true;
3171 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
:
3172 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
:
3173 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
:
3174 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
:
3175 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
3177 h
->non_got_ref
= true;
3180 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
3183 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->makes_plt_call
= 1;
3187 sec
->has_pltcall
= 1;
3191 case R_PPC_PLTREL32
:
3192 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
3193 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI
:
3194 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
3197 fprintf (stderr
, "Reloc requires a PLT entry\n");
3199 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
3202 pltent
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
3203 NON_GOT
| PLT_KEEP
);
3209 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
3210 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= PLT_KEEP
;
3212 pltent
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
3215 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3216 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
3217 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
3218 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
3219 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
3220 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
3221 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, pltent
, got2
, addend
))
3225 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
3226 relocation if linking a shared object since they are
3227 section relative. */
3229 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
3230 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
:
3231 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
3232 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
3233 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
3234 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
:
3235 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
3240 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
3241 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
3242 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
3243 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
3244 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_rel16
= 1;
3247 /* These are just markers. */
3249 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
:
3253 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
:
3254 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
:
3258 /* These should only appear in dynamic objects. */
3260 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
:
3261 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
3262 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
3263 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE
:
3266 /* These aren't handled yet. We'll report an error later. */
3268 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
:
3269 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
:
3270 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
:
3271 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
3272 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
:
3275 /* This refers only to functions defined in the shared library. */
3276 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
3277 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
&& htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3279 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3280 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3282 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
3285 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3290 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
3291 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
3292 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
3293 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
3297 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
3298 used. Record for later use during GC. */
3299 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
3300 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_addend
))
3304 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
3305 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
3306 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
3308 /* We shouldn't really be seeing TPREL32. */
3311 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
3312 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
3313 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
3317 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32
:
3318 case R_PPC_DTPREL32
:
3324 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
3325 && bfd_link_pic (info
)
3326 && htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3328 /* Old -fPIC gcc code has .long LCTOC1-LCFx just before
3329 the start of a function, which assembles to a REL32
3330 reference to .got2. If we detect one of these, then
3331 force the old PLT layout because the linker cannot
3332 reliably deduce the GOT pointer value needed for
3335 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3337 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->elf
.sym_cache
,
3342 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3345 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3346 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3349 if (h
== NULL
|| h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
3355 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
3356 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
:
3357 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
3360 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3362 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3363 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3364 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3367 /* We may need a copy reloc too. */
3369 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
3370 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
3371 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
= 1;
3372 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
)
3373 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
= 1;
3379 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
3380 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
3383 if (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
3385 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3387 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3388 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3396 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
3397 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
3398 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3400 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3401 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3403 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3409 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
3410 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
3411 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
3412 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
3413 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
3414 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
3415 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
3416 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
3417 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
3418 later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition,
3419 DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
3420 a shared library. We account for that possibility below by
3421 storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash
3422 table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating
3423 shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
3426 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
3427 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
3428 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
3430 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
3431 && (must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)
3433 && (!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
)
3434 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
3435 || !h
->def_regular
))))
3436 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
3437 && !bfd_link_pic (info
)
3439 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
3440 || !h
->def_regular
)))
3444 "ppc_elf_check_relocs needs to "
3445 "create relocation for %s\n",
3446 (h
&& h
->root
.root
.string
3447 ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "<unknown>"));
3451 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
3452 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
3454 sreloc
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
3455 (sec
, htab
->elf
.dynobj
, 2, abfd
, /*rela?*/ true);
3461 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
3462 relocations we need for this symbol. */
3465 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3466 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**rel_head
;
3468 rel_head
= &h
->dyn_relocs
;
3470 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
)
3472 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
3475 p
->next
= *rel_head
;
3482 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
3487 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
3488 We really need local syms available to do this
3490 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3491 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**rel_head
;
3495 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3497 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->elf
.sym_cache
,
3502 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3506 vpp
= &elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
;
3507 rel_head
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
3508 is_ifunc
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
3510 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
3512 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
|| p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
3514 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
3517 p
->next
= *rel_head
;
3520 p
->ifunc
= is_ifunc
;
3534 /* Warn for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP attributes between IBFD
3535 and OBFD, and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3537 _bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3539 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3540 obj_attribute
*in_attr
, *in_attrs
;
3541 obj_attribute
*out_attr
, *out_attrs
;
3545 /* We only warn about shared library mismatches, because common
3546 libraries advertise support for a particular long double variant
3547 but actually support more than one variant. For example, glibc
3548 typically supports 128-bit IBM long double in the shared library
3549 but has a compatibility static archive for 64-bit long double.
3550 The linker doesn't have the smarts to see that an app using
3551 object files marked as 64-bit long double call the compatibility
3552 layer objects and only from there call into the shared library. */
3553 warn_only
= (ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
3555 in_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3556 out_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3558 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP
];
3559 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP
];
3561 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3563 int in_fp
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3564 int out_fp
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3565 static bfd
*last_fp
, *last_ld
;
3569 else if (out_fp
== 0)
3573 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3574 out_attr
->i
^= in_fp
;
3578 else if (out_fp
!= 2 && in_fp
== 2)
3581 /* xgettext:c-format */
3582 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3586 else if (out_fp
== 2 && in_fp
!= 2)
3589 /* xgettext:c-format */
3590 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3594 else if (out_fp
== 1 && in_fp
== 3)
3597 /* xgettext:c-format */
3598 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3599 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), last_fp
, ibfd
);
3602 else if (out_fp
== 3 && in_fp
== 1)
3605 /* xgettext:c-format */
3606 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3607 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), ibfd
, last_fp
);
3611 in_fp
= in_attr
->i
& 0xc;
3612 out_fp
= out_attr
->i
& 0xc;
3615 else if (out_fp
== 0)
3619 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3620 out_attr
->i
^= in_fp
;
3624 else if (out_fp
!= 2 * 4 && in_fp
== 2 * 4)
3627 /* xgettext:c-format */
3628 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3629 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), ibfd
, last_ld
);
3632 else if (in_fp
!= 2 * 4 && out_fp
== 2 * 4)
3635 /* xgettext:c-format */
3636 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3637 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), last_ld
, ibfd
);
3640 else if (out_fp
== 1 * 4 && in_fp
== 3 * 4)
3643 /* xgettext:c-format */
3644 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3645 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), last_ld
, ibfd
);
3648 else if (out_fp
== 3 * 4 && in_fp
== 1 * 4)
3651 /* xgettext:c-format */
3652 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3653 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), ibfd
, last_ld
);
3660 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3661 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3666 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Warn if
3667 there are conflicting attributes. */
3669 ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3672 obj_attribute
*in_attr
, *in_attrs
;
3673 obj_attribute
*out_attr
, *out_attrs
;
3676 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
3679 obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3680 in_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3681 out_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3683 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector attributes and
3684 merge non-conflicting ones. */
3685 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector
];
3686 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector
];
3688 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3690 int in_vec
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3691 int out_vec
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3692 static bfd
*last_vec
;
3696 else if (out_vec
== 0)
3698 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3699 out_attr
->i
= in_vec
;
3702 /* For now, allow generic to transition to AltiVec or SPE
3703 without a warning. If GCC marked files with their stack
3704 alignment and used don't-care markings for files which are
3705 not affected by the vector ABI, we could warn about this
3707 else if (in_vec
== 1)
3709 else if (out_vec
== 1)
3711 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3712 out_attr
->i
= in_vec
;
3715 else if (out_vec
< in_vec
)
3718 /* xgettext:c-format */
3719 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3721 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3724 else if (out_vec
> in_vec
)
3727 /* xgettext:c-format */
3728 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3730 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3735 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return attributes
3736 and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3737 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return
];
3738 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return
];
3739 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3741 int in_struct
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3742 int out_struct
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3743 static bfd
*last_struct
;
3745 if (in_struct
== 0 || in_struct
== 3)
3747 else if (out_struct
== 0)
3749 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3750 out_attr
->i
= in_struct
;
3753 else if (out_struct
< in_struct
)
3756 /* xgettext:c-format */
3757 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3758 "%pB uses memory"), last_struct
, ibfd
);
3759 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3762 else if (out_struct
> in_struct
)
3765 /* xgettext:c-format */
3766 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3767 "%pB uses memory"), ibfd
, last_struct
);
3768 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3774 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3778 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
3779 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, info
);
3782 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
3783 object file when linking. */
3786 ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3788 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3793 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
) || !is_ppc_elf (obfd
))
3796 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
3797 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, info
))
3800 if (!ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
3803 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
3806 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
3807 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
3808 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
3810 /* First call, no flags set. */
3811 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = true;
3812 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
3815 /* Compatible flags are ok. */
3816 else if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
3819 /* Incompatible flags. */
3822 /* Warn about -mrelocatable mismatch. Allow -mrelocatable-lib
3823 to be linked with either. */
3825 if ((new_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
) != 0
3826 && (old_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)) == 0)
3830 (_("%pB: compiled with -mrelocatable and linked with "
3831 "modules compiled normally"), ibfd
);
3833 else if ((new_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)) == 0
3834 && (old_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
) != 0)
3838 (_("%pB: compiled normally and linked with "
3839 "modules compiled with -mrelocatable"), ibfd
);
3842 /* The output is -mrelocatable-lib iff both the input files are. */
3843 if (! (new_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
))
3844 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
;
3846 /* The output is -mrelocatable iff it can't be -mrelocatable-lib,
3847 but each input file is either -mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib. */
3848 if (! (elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)
3849 && (new_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
))
3850 && (old_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
)))
3851 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
;
3853 /* Do not warn about eabi vs. V.4 mismatch, just or in the bit if
3854 any module uses it. */
3855 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= (new_flags
& EF_PPC_EMB
);
3857 new_flags
&= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_EMB
);
3858 old_flags
&= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_EMB
);
3860 /* Warn about any other mismatches. */
3861 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
3865 /* xgettext:c-format */
3866 (_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields "
3867 "than previous modules (%#x)"),
3868 ibfd
, new_flags
, old_flags
);
3873 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3882 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (bfd
*input_bfd
,
3883 asection
*input_section
,
3884 unsigned long offset
,
3887 split16_format_type split16_format
,
3890 unsigned int insn
, opcode
;
3892 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, loc
);
3893 opcode
= insn
& E_OPCODE_MASK
;
3894 if (opcode
== E_OR2I_INSN
3895 || opcode
== E_AND2I_DOT_INSN
3896 || opcode
== E_OR2IS_INSN
3897 || opcode
== E_LIS_INSN
3898 || opcode
== E_AND2IS_DOT_INSN
)
3900 if (split16_format
!= split16a_type
)
3903 split16_format
= split16a_type
;
3906 /* xgettext:c-format */
3907 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16A style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3908 input_bfd
, input_section
, offset
, opcode
);
3911 else if (opcode
== E_ADD2I_DOT_INSN
3912 || opcode
== E_ADD2IS_INSN
3913 || opcode
== E_CMP16I_INSN
3914 || opcode
== E_MULL2I_INSN
3915 || opcode
== E_CMPL16I_INSN
3916 || opcode
== E_CMPH16I_INSN
3917 || opcode
== E_CMPHL16I_INSN
)
3919 if (split16_format
!= split16d_type
)
3922 split16_format
= split16d_type
;
3925 /* xgettext:c-format */
3926 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16D style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3927 input_bfd
, input_section
, offset
, opcode
);
3930 if (split16_format
== split16a_type
)
3932 insn
&= ~((0xf800 << 5) | 0x7ff);
3933 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 5;
3934 if ((insn
& E_LI_MASK
) == E_LI_INSN
)
3936 /* Hack for e_li. Extend sign. */
3937 insn
&= ~(0xf0000 >> 5);
3938 insn
|= (-(value
& 0x8000) & 0xf0000) >> 5;
3943 insn
&= ~((0xf800 << 10) | 0x7ff);
3944 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 10;
3946 insn
|= value
& 0x7ff;
3947 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, loc
);
3951 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (bfd
*output_bfd
, bfd_byte
*loc
, bfd_vma value
)
3955 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
);
3956 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
3957 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
3958 insn
|= (value
& 0xf0000) >> 5;
3959 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
3960 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 5;
3961 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
3962 insn
|= value
& 0x7ff;
3963 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, insn
, loc
);
3967 /* Choose which PLT scheme to use, and set .plt flags appropriately.
3968 Returns -1 on error, 0 for old PLT, 1 for new PLT. */
3970 ppc_elf_select_plt_layout (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3971 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3973 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3976 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
3978 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3980 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3982 if (htab
->params
->plt_style
== PLT_OLD
)
3983 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3984 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3985 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
3986 && (h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "_mcount",
3987 false, false, true)) != NULL
3988 && (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
3991 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
3992 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
)))
3994 /* Profiling of shared libs (and pies) is not supported with
3995 secure plt, because ppc32 does profiling before a
3996 function prologue and a secure plt pic call stubs needs
3997 r30 to be set up. */
3998 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
4003 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type
= htab
->params
->plt_style
;
4005 /* Look through the reloc flags left by ppc_elf_check_relocs.
4006 Use the old style bss plt if a file makes plt calls
4007 without using the new relocs, and if ld isn't given
4008 --secure-plt and we never see REL16 relocs. */
4009 if (plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
4011 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4012 if (is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
4014 if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_rel16
)
4016 else if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->makes_plt_call
)
4019 htab
->old_bfd
= ibfd
;
4023 htab
->plt_type
= plt_type
;
4026 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
&& htab
->params
->plt_style
== PLT_NEW
)
4028 if (htab
->old_bfd
!= NULL
)
4029 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced due to %pB"), htab
->old_bfd
);
4031 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced by profiling"));
4034 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_VXWORKS
);
4036 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
4038 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
4039 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4041 /* The new PLT is a loaded section. */
4042 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
4043 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.splt
, flags
))
4046 /* The new GOT is not executable. */
4047 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
4048 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.sgot
, flags
))
4053 /* Stop an unused .glink section from affecting .text alignment. */
4054 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
4055 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->glink
, 0))
4058 return htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
;
4061 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
4065 ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
4066 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4067 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4068 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4069 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
4072 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
4074 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
4075 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
4079 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
4083 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hp
,
4084 Elf_Internal_Sym
**symp
,
4086 unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
4087 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
4088 unsigned long r_symndx
,
4091 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4093 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4095 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4096 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4098 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4099 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4100 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4101 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4109 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
4111 asection
*symsec
= NULL
;
4112 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4113 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4114 symsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4118 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
4119 *tls_maskp
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
4123 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4124 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= *locsymsp
;
4126 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4128 locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
4129 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4130 locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
,
4131 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
,
4132 0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
4133 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4135 *locsymsp
= locsyms
;
4137 sym
= locsyms
+ r_symndx
;
4145 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
4146 *symsecp
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
4148 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
4150 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
4151 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
4154 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
4155 if (local_got
!= NULL
)
4157 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
4158 (local_got
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4159 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
4160 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4161 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
4163 *tls_maskp
= tls_mask
;
4169 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally
4170 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */
4173 ppc_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4175 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4178 bfd_vma low_vma
, high_vma
, limit
;
4180 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4184 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is
4185 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added
4186 between the call and its destination. */
4190 for (sec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4191 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
)) == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
))
4193 if (low_vma
> sec
->vma
)
4195 if (high_vma
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
4196 high_vma
= sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
;
4199 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can
4200 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol
4202 if (high_vma
- low_vma
< limit
)
4204 htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
= 1;
4208 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct
4209 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable
4210 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that
4211 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this
4212 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a
4213 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The
4214 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the
4215 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a
4216 particular R_PPC_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct
4217 call, for each of the R_PPC_PLTSEQ and R_PPC_PLT16* insns in
4218 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs
4219 together except their symbol. */
4221 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4223 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4224 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
4226 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
4230 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4232 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4233 if (sec
->has_pltcall
4234 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
4236 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
4238 /* Read the relocations. */
4239 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
4241 if (relstart
== NULL
)
4244 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4245 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
4247 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
4248 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4250 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4251 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4252 unsigned char *tls_maskp
;
4254 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4255 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTCALL
)
4258 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4259 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_maskp
, &local_syms
,
4262 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4264 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
4269 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
4273 to
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4276 to
+= (rel
->r_addend
4277 + sym_sec
->output_offset
4278 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
4279 from
= (rel
->r_offset
4280 + sec
->output_offset
4281 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
4282 if (to
- from
+ limit
< 2 * limit
)
4283 *tls_maskp
&= ~PLT_KEEP
;
4286 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4290 if (local_syms
!= NULL
4291 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
4293 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
4296 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
4303 /* Set plt output section type, htab->tls_get_addr, and call the
4304 generic ELF tls_setup function. */
4307 ppc_elf_tls_setup (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4309 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4311 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4312 htab
->tls_get_addr
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
4313 false, false, true);
4314 if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
4315 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
= true;
4317 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
)
4319 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*opt
, *tga
;
4320 opt
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
4321 false, false, true);
4323 && (opt
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4324 || opt
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
4326 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
4327 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
4328 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
4329 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */
4330 tga
= htab
->tls_get_addr
;
4331 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
4333 && (tga
->type
== STT_FUNC
4335 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, tga
)
4336 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, tga
)))
4338 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4339 for (ent
= tga
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4340 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4344 tga
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
4345 tga
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt
->root
;
4346 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt
, tga
);
4348 if (opt
->dynindx
!= -1)
4350 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */
4352 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
4354 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, opt
))
4357 htab
->tls_get_addr
= opt
;
4362 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
= true;
4364 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
4365 && htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
4366 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= NULL
)
4368 elf_section_type (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
) = SHT_PROGBITS
;
4369 elf_section_flags (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
) = SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
;
4372 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (obfd
, info
);
4375 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
4379 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd
*ibfd
,
4380 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4381 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
)
4383 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4384 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4385 unsigned int r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4387 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
&& is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
4389 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4390 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4392 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4393 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4394 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4395 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4402 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
4406 ppc_elf_tls_optimize (bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4407 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4411 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4414 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
4417 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4421 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 1;
4423 /* Make two passes through the relocs. First time check that tls
4424 relocs involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed
4425 followed by such a call. If they are not, don't do any tls
4426 optimization. On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to
4427 notify relocate_section that optimization can be done, and
4428 adjust got and plt refcounts. */
4429 for (pass
= 0; pass
< 2; ++pass
)
4430 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4432 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4433 asection
*got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".got2");
4435 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4436 if (sec
->has_tls_reloc
&& !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
4438 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
4439 int expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
4441 /* Read the relocations. */
4442 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
4444 if (relstart
== NULL
)
4447 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4448 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
4450 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
4451 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4452 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
4453 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
4454 unsigned char tls_set
, tls_clear
;
4456 bfd_signed_vma
*got_count
;
4458 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4459 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4461 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4463 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4464 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4465 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4466 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4467 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4470 is_local
= SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
);
4471 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4472 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4473 without marker relocs, then check that each
4474 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
4475 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
4476 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup
4477 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */
4479 && sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
4481 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
4482 && !expecting_tls_get_addr
4483 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
4485 info
->callbacks
->minfo ("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
4486 "TLS optimization disabled\n",
4487 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
4488 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4493 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
4496 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
4497 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4498 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
4501 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
4502 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4503 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
4504 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if
4505 that turns out to be the case. */
4514 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
4515 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4516 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
4519 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
4520 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4526 tls_set
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
;
4530 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
4531 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
4532 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
4533 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4538 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
4549 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
4550 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
4553 && ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) != R_PPC_PLTSEQ
)
4555 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
4556 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
[1].r_info
);
4557 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4559 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4561 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4562 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4563 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4564 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4565 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4568 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
4571 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4572 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
4573 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
,
4576 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4577 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
4583 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 2;
4588 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
4591 unsigned char buf
[4];
4593 bfd_vma off
= rel
->r_offset
& ~3;
4594 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
4597 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4601 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
4602 /* addis rt,2,imm */
4603 if ((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
4604 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)))
4606 /* xgettext:c-format */
4607 info
->callbacks
->minfo
4608 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"),
4609 ibfd
, sec
, off
, "R_PPC_TPREL16_HA", insn
);
4610 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 0;
4615 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
4616 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 0;
4625 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
4626 || !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
4629 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
4630 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd
, rel
+ 1,
4631 htab
->tls_get_addr
))
4634 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We
4635 could just mark this symbol to exclude it
4636 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
4637 the entire optimization. */
4638 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
4639 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
4640 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
4641 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4648 tls_mask
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
4649 got_count
= &h
->got
.refcount
;
4653 bfd_signed_vma
*lgot_refs
;
4654 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
4655 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
4657 lgot_refs
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
4658 if (lgot_refs
== NULL
)
4660 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
4661 (lgot_refs
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4662 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
4663 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4664 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
4665 got_count
= &lgot_refs
[r_symndx
];
4668 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4669 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't
4670 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a
4671 marker for this symbol, then we either have a
4672 broken object file or an -mlongcall style
4673 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker.
4674 Disable optimization in this case. */
4675 if ((tls_clear
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0
4676 && !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
4677 && ((*tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
4678 != (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
)))
4681 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 1 + !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
4683 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4686 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
4687 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC_PLTREL24
4688 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC_PLTCALL
))
4689 addend
= rel
[1].r_addend
;
4690 ent
= find_plt_ent (&htab
->tls_get_addr
->plt
.plist
,
4692 if (ent
!= NULL
&& ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4693 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
4700 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */
4705 *tls_mask
|= tls_set
;
4706 *tls_mask
&= ~tls_clear
;
4709 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4716 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
4717 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after
4718 size_dynamic_sections. */
4721 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4723 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
4726 if (_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (&eh
->elf
))
4728 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh
->elf
.u
.alias
);
4729 } while (eh
!= NULL
&& &eh
->elf
!= h
);
4734 /* Return whether H has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */
4737 pc_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4739 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
4741 for (p
= h
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4742 if (p
->pc_count
!= 0)
4747 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
4748 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
4749 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
4750 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
4754 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4755 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4757 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4761 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol called for %s\n",
4762 h
->root
.root
.string
);
4765 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
4766 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4767 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.dynobj
!= NULL
4769 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4773 && !h
->def_regular
)));
4775 /* Deal with function syms. */
4776 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
4777 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4780 bool local
= (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
4781 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
));
4782 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
4783 function symbol is local. */
4784 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
) && local
)
4785 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4787 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
4788 won't need a .plt entry. */
4789 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4790 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4791 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4794 || (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
4796 && (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
4797 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
4798 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)))
4800 /* A PLT entry is not required/allowed when:
4802 1. We are not using ld.so; because then the PLT entry
4803 can't be set up, so we can't use one. In this case,
4804 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol won't even be called.
4806 2. GC has rendered the entry unused.
4808 3. We know for certain that a call to this symbol
4809 will go to this object, or will remain undefined. */
4810 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4812 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
4816 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section
4817 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the
4818 executable on a plt call stub. A dynamic reloc can
4819 be used instead, giving better runtime performance.
4820 (Calls via that function pointer don't need to bounce
4821 through the plt call stub.) Similarly, use a dynamic
4822 reloc for a weak reference when possible, allowing the
4823 resolution of the symbol to be set at load time rather
4825 if ((h
->pointer_equality_needed
4827 && !h
->ref_regular_nonweak
4828 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
)))
4829 && htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
4830 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
4831 && !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
4833 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
4834 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol
4835 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
4836 if (!h
->needs_plt
&& h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4837 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4839 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
4840 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the
4841 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */
4842 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4844 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4845 /* Function symbols can't have copy relocs. */
4849 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4851 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
4852 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
4853 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
4854 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
4856 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
4857 BFD_ASSERT (def
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
4858 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= def
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4859 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= def
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4860 if (def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
4861 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
4862 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->dynsbss
)
4863 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4867 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
4868 is not a function. */
4870 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
4871 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
4872 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
4873 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
4874 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4876 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4880 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
4881 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
4882 if (!h
->non_got_ref
)
4884 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4888 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in
4889 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected
4890 definition for the variable. Editing to PIC, or text relocations
4891 are preferable to an incorrect program. */
4892 if (h
->protected_def
)
4894 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4895 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
4896 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
4897 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
== 0
4898 && info
->disable_target_specific_optimizations
<= 1)
4899 htab
->params
->pic_fixup
= 1;
4903 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
4904 if (info
->nocopyreloc
)
4907 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
4908 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc.
4909 We can't do this if there are any small data relocations. This
4910 doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can not have dynamic
4911 relocations (other than copy and jump slot relocations) in an
4913 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4914 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
4915 && htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
4917 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
4920 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
4921 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
4922 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
4923 object will contain position independent code, so all references
4924 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
4925 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
4926 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
4927 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
4928 same memory location for the variable.
4930 Of course, if the symbol is referenced using SDAREL relocs, we
4931 must instead allocate it in .sbss. */
4932 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
4934 else if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
4935 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
;
4937 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynbss
;
4938 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4940 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0 && h
->size
!= 0)
4944 /* We must generate a R_PPC_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic
4945 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object
4946 and into the runtime process image. */
4947 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
4948 srel
= htab
->relsbss
;
4949 else if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
4950 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
4952 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
4953 BFD_ASSERT (srel
!= NULL
);
4954 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
4958 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */
4959 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4960 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, s
);
4963 /* Generate a symbol to mark plt call stubs. For non-PIC code the sym is
4964 xxxxxxxx.plt_call32.<callee> where xxxxxxxx is a hex number, usually 0,
4965 specifying the addend on the plt relocation. For -fpic code, the sym
4966 is xxxxxxxx.plt_pic32.<callee>, and for -fPIC
4967 xxxxxxxx.got2.plt_pic32.<callee>. */
4970 add_stub_sym (struct plt_entry
*ent
,
4971 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4972 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4974 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sh
;
4975 size_t len1
, len2
, len3
;
4978 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4980 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4981 stub
= ".plt_pic32.";
4983 stub
= ".plt_call32.";
4985 len1
= strlen (h
->root
.root
.string
);
4986 len2
= strlen (stub
);
4989 len3
= strlen (ent
->sec
->name
);
4990 name
= bfd_malloc (len1
+ len2
+ len3
+ 9);
4993 sprintf (name
, "%08x", (unsigned) ent
->addend
& 0xffffffff);
4995 memcpy (name
+ 8, ent
->sec
->name
, len3
);
4996 memcpy (name
+ 8 + len3
, stub
, len2
);
4997 memcpy (name
+ 8 + len3
+ len2
, h
->root
.root
.string
, len1
+ 1);
4998 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, true, false, false);
5001 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5003 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5004 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
5005 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= ent
->glink_offset
;
5006 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
5007 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
5008 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5009 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
5011 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5016 /* Allocate NEED contiguous space in .got, and return the offset.
5017 Handles allocation of the got header when crossing 32k. */
5020 allocate_got (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
, unsigned int need
)
5023 unsigned int max_before_header
;
5025 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
5027 where
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5028 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= need
;
5032 max_before_header
= htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
? 32768 : 32764;
5033 if (need
<= htab
->got_gap
)
5035 where
= max_before_header
- htab
->got_gap
;
5036 htab
->got_gap
-= need
;
5040 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+ need
> max_before_header
5041 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
<= max_before_header
)
5043 htab
->got_gap
= max_before_header
- htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5044 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
= max_before_header
+ htab
->got_header_size
;
5046 where
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5047 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= need
;
5053 /* Calculate size of GOT entries for symbol given its TLS_MASK.
5054 TLS_LD is excluded because those go in a special GOT slot. */
5056 static inline unsigned int
5057 got_entries_needed (int tls_mask
)
5060 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) == 0)
5065 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
5067 if ((tls_mask
& (TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)) != 0)
5069 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
5075 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */
5078 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5079 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5081 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
5083 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
5084 && ((info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
!= 0
5085 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5086 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
5089 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5090 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
5094 /* Choose whether to use htab->iplt or htab->pltlocal rather than the
5095 usual htab->elf.splt section for a PLT entry. */
5098 bool use_local_plt (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5099 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5103 || !elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
);
5106 /* Allocate space in associated reloc sections for dynamic relocs. */
5109 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
5111 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
5112 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
5113 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5114 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5116 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
5119 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
5120 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5121 if (eh
->elf
.got
.refcount
> 0
5122 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
5123 && !eh
->elf
.def_regular
5124 && eh
->elf
.protected_def
5125 && eh
->has_addr16_ha
5126 && eh
->has_addr16_lo
5127 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0))
5131 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5132 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5136 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5138 if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5139 /* We'll just use htab->tlsld_got.offset. This should
5140 always be the case. It's a little odd if we have
5141 a local dynamic reloc against a non-local symbol. */
5142 htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
+= 1;
5146 need
+= got_entries_needed (eh
->tls_mask
);
5148 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5151 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= allocate_got (htab
, need
);
5152 if (((bfd_link_pic (info
)
5153 && !((eh
->tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
5154 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
5155 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
)))
5156 || (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5157 && eh
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1
5158 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
)))
5159 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5163 need
*= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4;
5164 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5165 need
-= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5166 rsec
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
5167 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5168 rsec
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5174 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5176 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for
5177 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */
5178 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5179 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5180 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5182 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */
5183 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5184 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
5185 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5187 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
5188 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */
5189 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
5190 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5192 if (h
->dyn_relocs
== NULL
)
5195 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
5196 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
5197 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
5198 space for relocs that have become local due to symbol visibility
5200 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5202 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call insn,
5203 or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that can be
5204 generated via assembly. We want calls to protected symbols to
5205 resolve directly to the function rather than going via the plt.
5206 If people want function pointer comparisons to work as expected
5207 then they should avoid writing weird assembly. */
5208 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
5210 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
5212 for (pp
= &h
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
5214 p
->count
-= p
->pc_count
;
5223 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
5225 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
5227 for (pp
= &h
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
5229 if (strcmp (p
->sec
->output_section
->name
, ".tls_vars") == 0)
5236 if (h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
5238 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5239 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
5243 else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
)
5245 /* For the non-pic case, discard space for relocs against
5246 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
5248 if ((h
->dynamic_adjusted
5250 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5251 && (info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
> 0
5252 || !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))))
5254 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
)
5255 && !(h
->protected_def
5256 && eh
->has_addr16_ha
5257 && eh
->has_addr16_lo
5258 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0))
5260 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5261 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
5264 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5265 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5268 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5271 /* Allocate space. */
5272 for (p
= h
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
5274 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
5275 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5276 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5277 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5280 /* Handle PLT relocs. Done last, after dynindx has settled.
5281 We might need a PLT entry when the symbol
5284 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or
5285 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */
5286 if ((htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1)
5287 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
5288 || (h
->needs_plt
&& h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
5291 && !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5292 && !htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5293 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
5294 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) == PLT_KEEP
))
5296 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
5297 bool doneone
= false;
5298 bfd_vma plt_offset
= 0, glink_offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5300 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
5301 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
5306 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
5309 dyn
= !use_local_plt (info
, h
);
5313 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5319 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
|| !dyn
)
5323 plt_offset
= s
->size
;
5326 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5328 if (s
== htab
->pltlocal
)
5329 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5333 if (!doneone
|| bfd_link_pic (info
))
5335 glink_offset
= s
->size
;
5336 s
->size
+= GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, h
);
5339 && !bfd_link_pic (info
)
5343 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5344 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= glink_offset
;
5346 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5348 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
5349 && !add_stub_sym (ent
, h
, info
))
5357 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room
5358 for the special first entry. */
5360 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
;
5362 /* The PowerPC PLT is actually composed of two
5363 parts, the first part is 2 words (for a load
5364 and a jump), and then there is a remaining
5365 word available at the end. */
5366 plt_offset
= (htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
5367 + (htab
->plt_slot_size
5369 - htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5370 / htab
->plt_entry_size
)));
5372 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular
5373 file, and we are not generating a shared
5374 library, then set the symbol to this location
5375 in the .plt. This is to avoid text
5376 relocations, and is required to make
5377 function pointers compare as equal between
5378 the normal executable and the shared library. */
5379 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
)
5383 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5384 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= plt_offset
;
5387 /* Make room for this entry. */
5388 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
5389 /* After the 8192nd entry, room for two entries
5391 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
5392 && (s
->size
- htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5393 / htab
->plt_entry_size
5394 > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
)
5395 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
5397 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5400 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
5405 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5407 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5408 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5410 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5412 s
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
5413 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5418 htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5420 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
5422 /* Allocate space for the unloaded relocations. */
5423 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
5424 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5427 == (bfd_vma
) htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5429 htab
->srelplt2
->size
5430 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)
5431 * VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS
);
5434 htab
->srelplt2
->size
5435 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)
5436 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS
);
5439 /* Every PLT entry has an associated GOT entry in
5441 htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->size
+= 4;
5448 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5452 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
5458 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
5465 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie
[] =
5467 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */
5468 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */
5469 1, /* CIE version. */
5470 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */
5471 4, /* Code alignment. */
5472 0x7c, /* Data alignment. */
5474 1, /* Augmentation size. */
5475 DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
, /* FDE encoding. */
5476 DW_CFA_def_cfa
, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */
5479 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5482 ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5483 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5485 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5491 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections called\n");
5494 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
5495 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.dynobj
!= NULL
);
5497 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5499 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5500 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
5502 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, ".interp");
5503 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5504 s
->size
= sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
5505 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
5509 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
5510 htab
->got_header_size
= 16;
5511 else if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
5512 htab
->got_header_size
= 12;
5514 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
5516 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
5518 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
5519 bfd_signed_vma
*end_local_got
;
5520 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
5521 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
5523 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
5524 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5526 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
5529 for (s
= ibfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5531 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5533 for (p
= ((struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*)
5534 elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
);
5538 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
)
5539 && bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
->output_section
))
5541 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
5542 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
5543 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
5546 else if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
5547 && strcmp (p
->sec
->output_section
->name
,
5550 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
5551 handled specially by the loader. */
5553 else if (p
->count
!= 0)
5555 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
5557 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5558 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5559 if ((p
->sec
->output_section
->flags
5560 & (SEC_READONLY
| SEC_ALLOC
))
5561 == (SEC_READONLY
| SEC_ALLOC
))
5563 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5564 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
5565 p
->sec
->owner
, p
->sec
);
5571 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
5575 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
5576 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5577 end_local_got
= local_got
+ locsymcount
;
5578 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_local_got
;
5579 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
5580 lgot_masks
= (char *) end_local_plt
;
5582 for (; local_got
< end_local_got
; ++local_got
, ++lgot_masks
)
5586 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5587 htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
+= 1;
5588 need
= got_entries_needed (*lgot_masks
);
5590 *local_got
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5593 *local_got
= allocate_got (htab
, need
);
5594 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5595 && !((*lgot_masks
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
5596 && bfd_link_executable (info
)))
5600 need
*= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4;
5601 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
5602 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5603 srel
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5609 *local_got
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5611 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
5614 /* Allocate space for calls to local STT_GNU_IFUNC syms in .iplt. */
5615 lgot_masks
= (char *) end_local_plt
;
5616 for (; local_plt
< end_local_plt
; ++local_plt
, ++lgot_masks
)
5618 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
5619 bool doneone
= false;
5620 bfd_vma plt_offset
= 0, glink_offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5622 for (ent
= *local_plt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
5623 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
5625 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5627 else if (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5628 || (*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)
5630 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5638 plt_offset
= s
->size
;
5641 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5643 if (s
!= htab
->pltlocal
&& (!doneone
|| bfd_link_pic (info
)))
5646 glink_offset
= s
->size
;
5647 s
->size
+= GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, NULL
);
5649 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5653 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5655 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5656 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5658 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5660 s
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
5661 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5667 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5671 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
5672 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
5674 if (htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
> 0)
5676 htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
= allocate_got (htab
, 8);
5677 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
5678 htab
->elf
.srelgot
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5681 htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5683 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
&& htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_VXWORKS
)
5685 unsigned int g_o_t
= 32768;
5687 /* If we haven't allocated the header, do so now. When we get here,
5688 for old plt/got the got size will be 0 to 32764 (not allocated),
5689 or 32780 to 65536 (header allocated). For new plt/got, the
5690 corresponding ranges are 0 to 32768 and 32780 to 65536. */
5691 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
<= 32768)
5693 g_o_t
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5694 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
5696 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= htab
->got_header_size
;
5699 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= g_o_t
;
5701 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5703 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
5705 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5706 sda
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5708 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
5710 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
5712 if (sda
!= NULL
&& sda
->ref_regular
)
5713 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5714 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
5715 if (sda
!= NULL
&& sda
->ref_regular
)
5716 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5719 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
5720 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0
5721 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5723 htab
->glink_pltresolve
= htab
->glink
->size
;
5724 /* Space for the branch table. */
5726 += htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
/ (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4) - 4;
5727 /* Pad out to align the start of PLTresolve. */
5728 htab
->glink
->size
+= -htab
->glink
->size
& (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
5730 htab
->glink
->size
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
5732 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
5734 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sh
;
5735 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink",
5736 true, false, false);
5739 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5741 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5742 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
5743 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->glink_pltresolve
;
5744 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
5745 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
5746 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5747 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
5749 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5751 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
5752 true, false, false);
5755 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5757 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5758 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
5759 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
5760 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
5761 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
5762 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5763 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
5765 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5770 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
5771 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0
5772 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
5773 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
)
5774 && _bfd_elf_eh_frame_present (info
))
5776 s
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
;
5777 s
->size
= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + 20;
5778 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5781 if (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 8 >= 256)
5786 /* We've now determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
5787 Allocate memory for them. */
5789 for (s
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5791 bool strip_section
= true;
5793 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
5796 if (s
== htab
->elf
.splt
5797 || s
== htab
->elf
.sgot
)
5799 /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if
5800 we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them.
5801 It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols. */
5802 if (htab
->elf
.hplt
!= NULL
)
5803 strip_section
= false;
5804 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
5807 else if (s
== htab
->elf
.iplt
5808 || s
== htab
->pltlocal
5810 || s
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
5811 || s
== htab
->elf
.sgotplt
5813 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
5814 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
5815 || s
== htab
->dynsbss
)
5817 /* Strip these too. */
5819 else if (s
== htab
->sdata
[0].section
5820 || s
== htab
->sdata
[1].section
)
5822 strip_section
= (s
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
) == 0;
5824 else if (startswith (bfd_section_name (s
), ".rela"))
5828 /* Remember whether there are any relocation sections. */
5831 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
5832 to copy relocs into the output file. */
5838 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
5842 if (s
->size
== 0 && strip_section
)
5844 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
5845 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
5846 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
5847 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
5848 before the linker maps input sections to output
5849 sections. The linker does that before
5850 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
5851 function which decides whether anything needs to go
5852 into these sections. */
5853 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5857 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
5860 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
5861 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, s
->size
);
5862 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
5866 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5868 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
5869 values later, in ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
5870 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
5871 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
5872 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
5873 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
5874 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
5876 if (!_bfd_elf_maybe_vxworks_add_dynamic_tags (output_bfd
, info
,
5880 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
5881 && htab
->glink
!= NULL
5882 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
5884 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_GOT
, 0))
5886 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
5887 && htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
5888 && htab
->tls_get_addr
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
5889 && !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_OPT
, PPC_OPT_TLS
))
5893 #undef add_dynamic_entry
5895 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
5896 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
!= NULL
)
5898 unsigned char *p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
5901 memcpy (p
, glink_eh_frame_cie
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
));
5902 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */
5903 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) - 4, p
);
5904 p
+= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
5906 val
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
- 4 - sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
5907 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
5910 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
5911 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
5913 /* Offset to .glink. Set later. */
5916 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, htab
->glink
->size
, p
);
5921 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5922 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5924 bfd_vma adv
= (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 8) >> 2;
5926 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ adv
;
5929 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1
;
5932 else if (adv
< 65536)
5934 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2
;
5935 bfd_put_16 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, adv
, p
);
5940 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
5941 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, adv
, p
);
5944 *p
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
5947 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 4;
5948 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
5951 BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_vma
) ((p
+ 3 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
) & -4)
5952 == htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
);
5958 /* Arrange to have _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_ stripped from the output
5959 if it looks like nothing is using them. */
5962 maybe_strip_sdasym (bfd
*output_bfd
, elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
5964 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= lsect
->sym
;
5966 if (sda
!= NULL
&& !sda
->ref_regular
&& sda
->dynindx
== -1)
5970 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, lsect
->name
);
5971 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
, s
))
5973 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, lsect
->bss_name
);
5974 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
, s
))
5976 sda
->def_regular
= 0;
5977 /* This is somewhat magic. See elf_link_output_extsym. */
5978 sda
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
5979 sda
->forced_local
= 0;
5986 ppc_elf_maybe_strip_sdata_syms (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5988 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
5992 maybe_strip_sdasym (info
->output_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0]);
5993 maybe_strip_sdasym (info
->output_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1]);
5998 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
6001 ppc_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6003 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
6005 && (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
6006 || !h
->ref_regular_nonweak
))
6009 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h
);
6012 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
6014 /* Relaxation trampolines. r12 is available for clobbering (r11, is
6015 used for some functions that are allowed to break the ABI). */
6016 static const int shared_stub_entry
[] =
6018 0x7c0802a6, /* mflr 0 */
6019 0x429f0005, /* bcl 20, 31, .Lxxx */
6020 0x7d8802a6, /* mflr 12 */
6021 0x3d8c0000, /* addis 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@ha */
6022 0x398c0000, /* addi 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@l */
6023 0x7c0803a6, /* mtlr 0 */
6024 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6025 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6028 static const int stub_entry
[] =
6030 0x3d800000, /* lis 12,xxx@ha */
6031 0x398c0000, /* addi 12,12,xxx@l */
6032 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6033 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6036 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
6038 unsigned int workaround_size
;
6039 unsigned int picfixup_size
;
6042 /* This function implements long branch trampolines, and the ppc476
6043 icache bug workaround. Any section needing trampolines or patch
6044 space for the workaround has its size extended so that we can
6045 add trampolines at the end of the section. */
6048 ppc_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
,
6050 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
6053 struct one_branch_fixup
6055 struct one_branch_fixup
*next
;
6057 /* Final link, can use the symbol offset. For a
6058 relocatable link we use the symbol's index. */
6063 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6064 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
6065 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
6066 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
= NULL
;
6067 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
= NULL
;
6068 struct one_branch_fixup
*branch_fixups
= NULL
;
6069 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
*relax_info
= NULL
;
6070 unsigned changes
= 0;
6071 bool workaround_change
;
6072 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6073 bfd_size_type trampbase
, trampoff
, newsize
, picfixup_size
;
6079 /* No need to do anything with non-alloc or non-code sections. */
6080 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
6081 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0
6082 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
6086 /* We cannot represent the required PIC relocs in the output, so don't
6087 do anything. The linker doesn't support mixing -shared and -r
6089 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
) && bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6092 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
6096 isec
->size
= (isec
->size
+ 3) & -4;
6097 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
6098 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
6099 trampbase
= isec
->size
;
6101 BFD_ASSERT (isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
6102 || isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
);
6103 isec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
;
6105 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
6106 || htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6108 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
== NULL
)
6110 elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
6111 = bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_relax_info
));
6112 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
== NULL
)
6115 relax_info
= elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
;
6116 trampbase
-= relax_info
->workaround_size
;
6119 maybe_pasted
= (strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
6120 || strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0);
6121 /* Space for a branch around any trampolines. */
6122 trampoff
= trampbase
;
6123 if (maybe_pasted
&& trampbase
== isec
->rawsize
)
6126 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
6128 if (htab
->params
->branch_trampolines
6129 || htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6131 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
6132 if (isec
->reloc_count
!= 0)
6134 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, isec
, NULL
, NULL
,
6135 link_info
->keep_memory
);
6136 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
6140 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got2");
6142 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ isec
->reloc_count
;
6143 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
6145 unsigned long r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
6148 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
;
6149 size_t insn_offset
= 0;
6150 bfd_vma max_branch_offset
= 0, val
;
6153 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6154 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
6155 struct plt_entry
**plist
;
6156 unsigned char sym_type
;
6161 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
6162 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
6164 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 25;
6168 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
6169 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
6170 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 15;
6173 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
6174 if (htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6182 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
6183 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &isym
, &tsec
, NULL
, &isymbuf
,
6184 ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
), abfd
))
6191 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
6192 tsec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6196 toff
= isym
->st_value
;
6197 sym_type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
);
6202 toff
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6203 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6204 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6208 indx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
) - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6209 tsec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6210 toff
= bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
) ? indx
: 0;
6215 /* If this branch is to __tls_get_addr then we may later
6216 optimise away the call. We won't be needing a long-
6217 branch stub in that case. */
6218 if (bfd_link_executable (link_info
)
6219 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
6220 && irel
!= internal_relocs
)
6222 unsigned long t_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
);
6223 unsigned long t_rtype
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
);
6224 unsigned int tls_mask
= 0;
6226 /* The previous reloc should be one of R_PPC_TLSGD or
6227 R_PPC_TLSLD, or for older object files, a reloc
6228 on the __tls_get_addr arg setup insn. Get tls
6229 mask bits from the symbol on that reloc. */
6230 if (t_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
6232 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
);
6234 if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
6236 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6237 (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6238 char *lgot_masks
= (char *)
6239 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6240 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[t_symndx
];
6245 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*th
6246 = elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[t_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
6248 while (th
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6249 || th
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6250 th
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) th
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
6253 = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) th
)->tls_mask
;
6256 /* The mask bits tell us if the call will be
6258 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
6259 && (t_rtype
== R_PPC_TLSGD
6260 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
6261 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
))
6263 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
6264 && (t_rtype
== R_PPC_TLSLD
6265 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
6266 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
))
6273 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
6278 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
6279 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
)
6280 picfixup_size
+= 12;
6284 /* The condition here under which we call find_plt_ent must
6285 match that in relocate_section. If we call find_plt_ent here
6286 but not in relocate_section, or vice versa, then the branch
6287 destination used here may be incorrect. */
6291 /* We know is_branch_reloc (r_type) is true. */
6292 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6293 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6294 plist
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
6296 else if (sym_type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6297 && elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
) != NULL
)
6299 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
);
6300 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6301 (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6302 plist
= local_plt
+ ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
6307 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6309 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
&& bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6310 addend
= irel
->r_addend
;
6311 ent
= find_plt_ent (plist
, got2
, addend
);
6314 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
6316 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
6317 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
6320 toff
= ent
->glink_offset
;
6324 tsec
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
6325 toff
= ent
->plt
.offset
;
6330 /* If the branch and target are in the same section, you have
6331 no hope of adding stubs. We'll error out later should the
6336 /* toff is used for the symbol index when the symbol is
6337 undefined and we're doing a relocatable link, so we can't
6338 support addends. It would be possible to do so by
6339 putting the addend in one_branch_fixup but addends on
6340 branches are rare so it hardly seems worth supporting. */
6341 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6342 && tsec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
6343 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
6344 && irel
->r_addend
!= 0)
6347 /* There probably isn't any reason to handle symbols in
6348 SEC_MERGE sections; SEC_MERGE doesn't seem a likely
6349 attribute for a code section, and we are only looking at
6350 branches. However, implement it correctly here as a
6351 reference for other target relax_section functions. */
6352 if (0 && tsec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
6354 /* At this stage in linking, no SEC_MERGE symbol has been
6355 adjusted, so all references to such symbols need to be
6356 passed through _bfd_merged_section_offset. (Later, in
6357 relocate_section, all SEC_MERGE symbols *except* for
6358 section symbols have been adjusted.)
6360 gas may reduce relocations against symbols in SEC_MERGE
6361 sections to a relocation against the section symbol when
6362 the original addend was zero. When the reloc is against
6363 a section symbol we should include the addend in the
6364 offset passed to _bfd_merged_section_offset, since the
6365 location of interest is the original symbol. On the
6366 other hand, an access to "sym+addend" where "sym" is not
6367 a section symbol should not include the addend; Such an
6368 access is presumed to be an offset from "sym"; The
6369 location of interest is just "sym". */
6370 if (sym_type
== STT_SECTION
6371 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6372 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6375 = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, &tsec
,
6376 elf_section_data (tsec
)->sec_info
,
6379 if (sym_type
!= STT_SECTION
6380 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6381 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6383 /* PLTREL24 addends are special. */
6384 else if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6385 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6387 /* Attempted -shared link of non-pic code loses. */
6388 if ((!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6389 && tsec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
)
6390 || tsec
->output_section
== NULL
6391 || (tsec
->owner
!= NULL
6392 && (tsec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0))
6395 roff
= irel
->r_offset
;
6397 /* Avoid creating a lot of unnecessary fixups when
6398 relocatable if the output section size is such that a
6399 fixup can be created at final link.
6400 The max_branch_offset adjustment allows for some number
6401 of other fixups being needed at final link. */
6402 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6403 && (isec
->output_section
->rawsize
- (isec
->output_offset
+ roff
)
6404 < max_branch_offset
- (max_branch_offset
>> 4)))
6407 /* If the branch is in range, no need to do anything. */
6408 if (tsec
!= bfd_und_section_ptr
6409 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6410 /* A relocatable link may have sections moved during
6411 final link, so do not presume they remain in range. */
6412 || tsec
->output_section
== isec
->output_section
))
6414 bfd_vma symaddr
, reladdr
;
6416 symaddr
= tsec
->output_section
->vma
+ tsec
->output_offset
+ toff
;
6417 reladdr
= isec
->output_section
->vma
+ isec
->output_offset
+ roff
;
6418 if (symaddr
- reladdr
+ max_branch_offset
6419 < 2 * max_branch_offset
)
6423 /* Look for an existing fixup to this address. */
6424 for (f
= branch_fixups
; f
; f
= f
->next
)
6425 if (f
->tsec
== tsec
&& f
->toff
== toff
)
6431 unsigned long stub_rtype
;
6433 val
= trampoff
- roff
;
6434 if (val
>= max_branch_offset
)
6435 /* Oh dear, we can't reach a trampoline. Don't try to add
6436 one. We'll report an error later. */
6439 if (bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6441 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry
);
6446 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry
);
6449 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX
;
6450 if (tsec
== htab
->elf
.splt
6451 || tsec
== htab
->glink
)
6453 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
;
6454 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6455 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
;
6458 /* Hijack the old relocation. Since we need two
6459 relocations for this use a "composite" reloc. */
6460 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
),
6462 irel
->r_offset
= trampoff
+ insn_offset
;
6463 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
6464 && stub_rtype
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
)
6467 /* Record the fixup so we don't do it again this section. */
6468 f
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (*f
));
6469 f
->next
= branch_fixups
;
6472 f
->trampoff
= trampoff
;
6480 val
= f
->trampoff
- roff
;
6481 if (val
>= max_branch_offset
)
6484 /* Nop out the reloc, since we're finalizing things here. */
6485 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE
);
6488 /* Get the section contents. */
6489 if (contents
== NULL
)
6491 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
6492 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
6493 contents
= elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
6494 /* Go get them off disk. */
6495 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, isec
, &contents
))
6499 /* Fix up the existing branch to hit the trampoline. */
6500 hit_addr
= contents
+ roff
;
6504 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
6505 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
6506 t0
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, hit_addr
);
6508 t0
|= val
& 0x3fffffc;
6509 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, t0
, hit_addr
);
6513 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
6514 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
6515 t0
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, hit_addr
);
6518 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, t0
, hit_addr
);
6523 while (branch_fixups
!= NULL
)
6525 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
= branch_fixups
;
6526 branch_fixups
= branch_fixups
->next
;
6531 workaround_change
= false;
6533 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
6534 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6535 || isec
->output_section
->alignment_power
>= htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
))
6537 bfd_vma addr
, end_addr
;
6538 unsigned int crossings
;
6539 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
6541 addr
= isec
->output_section
->vma
+ isec
->output_offset
;
6542 end_addr
= addr
+ trampoff
;
6544 crossings
= ((end_addr
& -pagesize
) - addr
) >> htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
6547 /* Keep space aligned, to ensure the patch code itself does
6548 not cross a page. Don't decrease size calculated on a
6549 previous pass as otherwise we might never settle on a layout. */
6550 newsize
= 15 - ((end_addr
- 1) & 15);
6551 newsize
+= crossings
* 16;
6552 if (relax_info
->workaround_size
< newsize
)
6554 relax_info
->workaround_size
= newsize
;
6555 workaround_change
= true;
6557 /* Ensure relocate_section is called. */
6558 isec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
6560 newsize
= trampoff
+ relax_info
->workaround_size
;
6563 if (htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6565 picfixup_size
-= relax_info
->picfixup_size
;
6566 if (picfixup_size
!= 0)
6567 relax_info
->picfixup_size
+= picfixup_size
;
6568 newsize
+= relax_info
->picfixup_size
;
6571 if (changes
!= 0 || picfixup_size
!= 0 || workaround_change
)
6572 isec
->size
= newsize
;
6575 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
6577 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
6581 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6582 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
6586 if (contents
!= NULL
6587 && elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6589 if (!changes
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
6593 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6594 elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
6598 changes
+= picfixup_size
;
6601 /* Append sufficient NOP relocs so we can write out relocation
6602 information for the trampolines. */
6603 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
6604 Elf_Internal_Rela
*new_relocs
= bfd_malloc ((changes
+ isec
->reloc_count
)
6605 * sizeof (*new_relocs
));
6610 memcpy (new_relocs
, internal_relocs
,
6611 isec
->reloc_count
* sizeof (*new_relocs
));
6612 for (ix
= changes
; ix
--;)
6614 irel
= new_relocs
+ ix
+ isec
->reloc_count
;
6616 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE
);
6618 if (internal_relocs
!= elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
)
6619 free (internal_relocs
);
6620 elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
= new_relocs
;
6621 isec
->reloc_count
+= changes
;
6622 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (isec
);
6623 rel_hdr
->sh_size
+= changes
* rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
6625 else if (elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
6626 free (internal_relocs
);
6628 *again
= changes
!= 0 || workaround_change
;
6632 while (branch_fixups
!= NULL
)
6634 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
= branch_fixups
;
6635 branch_fixups
= branch_fixups
->next
;
6638 if ((unsigned char *) isymbuf
!= symtab_hdr
->contents
)
6640 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6642 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
6643 free (internal_relocs
);
6647 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
6648 discarded sections. */
6651 ppc_elf_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
6653 if (strcmp (".fixup", sec
->name
) == 0)
6656 if (strcmp (".got2", sec
->name
) == 0)
6659 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec
);
6662 /* Fill in the address for a pointer generated in a linker section. */
6665 elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (bfd
*input_bfd
,
6666 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
,
6667 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6669 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
6671 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_ptr
;
6673 BFD_ASSERT (lsect
!= NULL
);
6677 /* Handle global symbol. */
6678 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6680 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6681 BFD_ASSERT (eh
->elf
.def_regular
);
6682 linker_section_ptr
= eh
->linker_section_pointer
;
6686 /* Handle local symbol. */
6687 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
6689 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (input_bfd
));
6690 BFD_ASSERT (elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd
) != NULL
);
6691 linker_section_ptr
= elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd
)[r_symndx
];
6694 linker_section_ptr
= elf_find_pointer_linker_section (linker_section_ptr
,
6697 BFD_ASSERT (linker_section_ptr
!= NULL
);
6699 /* Offset will always be a multiple of four, so use the bottom bit
6700 as a "written" flag. */
6701 if ((linker_section_ptr
->offset
& 1) == 0)
6703 bfd_put_32 (lsect
->section
->owner
,
6704 relocation
+ linker_section_ptr
->addend
,
6705 lsect
->section
->contents
+ linker_section_ptr
->offset
);
6706 linker_section_ptr
->offset
+= 1;
6709 relocation
= (lsect
->section
->output_section
->vma
6710 + lsect
->section
->output_offset
6711 + linker_section_ptr
->offset
- 1
6712 - SYM_VAL (lsect
->sym
));
6716 "Finish pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld (0x%lx)\n",
6717 lsect
->name
, (long) relocation
, (long) relocation
);
6723 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
6724 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
6725 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
6728 write_glink_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, struct plt_entry
*ent
,
6729 asection
*plt_sec
, unsigned char *p
,
6730 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6732 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
6733 bfd
*output_bfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
6735 unsigned char *end
= p
+ GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, h
);
6738 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
6739 && !htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
)
6741 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_3
, p
);
6743 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_3
+ 4, p
);
6745 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MR_0_3
, p
);
6747 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, CMPWI_11_0
, p
);
6749 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_3_12_2
, p
);
6751 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BEQLR
, p
);
6753 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MR_3_0
, p
);
6755 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
6759 plt
= ((ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1)
6760 + plt_sec
->output_section
->vma
6761 + plt_sec
->output_offset
);
6763 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
6767 if (ent
->addend
>= 32768)
6769 + ent
->sec
->output_section
->vma
6770 + ent
->sec
->output_offset
);
6771 else if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
6772 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
6776 if (plt
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
6777 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_30
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6780 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_30
+ PPC_HA (plt
), p
);
6782 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_11
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6787 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LIS_11
+ PPC_HA (plt
), p
);
6789 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_11
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6792 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_11
, p
);
6794 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
6798 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? BA
: NOP
, p
);
6803 /* Return true if symbol is defined statically. */
6806 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6808 return ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6809 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6810 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= NULL
6811 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
!= NULL
);
6814 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tls operand, return
6815 the transformed insn for TLS optimisation, otherwise return 0. If
6816 REG is non-zero only match an insn with RB or RA equal to REG. */
6819 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (unsigned int insn
, unsigned int reg
)
6823 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) != 31 << 26)
6826 if (reg
== 0 || ((insn
>> 11) & 0x1f) == reg
)
6827 rtra
= insn
& ((1 << 26) - (1 << 16));
6828 else if (((insn
>> 16) & 0x1f) == reg
)
6829 rtra
= (insn
& (0x1f << 21)) | ((insn
& (0x1f << 11)) << 5);
6833 if ((insn
& (0x3ff << 1)) == 266 << 1)
6836 else if ((insn
& (0x1f << 1)) == 23 << 1
6837 && ((insn
& (0x1f << 6)) < 14 << 6
6838 || ((insn
& (0x1f << 6)) >= 16 << 6
6839 && (insn
& (0x1f << 6)) < 24 << 6)))
6840 /* load and store indexed -> dform. */
6841 insn
= (32u | ((insn
>> 6) & 0x1f)) << 26;
6842 else if ((insn
& (((0x1a << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 21 << 1)
6843 /* ldx, ldux, stdx, stdux -> ld, ldu, std, stdu. */
6844 insn
= ((58u | ((insn
>> 6) & 4)) << 26) | ((insn
>> 6) & 1);
6845 else if ((insn
& (((0x1f << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 341 << 1)
6847 insn
= (58u << 26) | 2;
6854 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tprel operand, return
6855 the transformed insn for an undefined weak symbol, ie. with the
6856 thread pointer REG operand removed. Otherwise return 0. */
6859 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (unsigned int insn
, unsigned int reg
)
6861 if ((insn
& (0x1f << 16)) == reg
<< 16
6862 && ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
6863 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */
6864 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
6865 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
6866 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
6867 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
6868 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
6869 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
6870 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
6871 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
6872 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
6873 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
6874 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
6875 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
6876 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
6877 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
6879 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
6880 && ((insn
& 3) == 0 || (insn
& 3) == 3))))
6882 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
6884 else if ((insn
& (0x1f << 21)) == reg
<< 21
6885 && ((insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori, oris */
6886 || (insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */
6887 || (insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi,andis */))
6889 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 21);
6890 insn
|= (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) << 5;
6891 if ((insn
& (0x3eu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */)
6892 insn
-= 2 >> 26; /* convert to ori,oris */
6900 is_insn_ds_form (unsigned int insn
)
6902 return ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,ldu,lwa */
6903 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stdu,stq */
6904 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lfdp */
6905 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 61u << 26 /* stfdp */);
6909 is_insn_dq_form (unsigned int insn
)
6911 return ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq */
6912 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (61u << 26) /* lxv, stxv */
6913 && (insn
& 3) == 1));
6916 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
6917 to handle the relocations for a section.
6919 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
6920 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
6923 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
6924 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
6925 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
6928 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
6929 address or the reloc symbol index.
6931 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
6933 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
6934 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
6936 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
6937 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
6939 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
6940 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is
6941 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
6942 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
6946 ppc_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6947 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6949 asection
*input_section
,
6951 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
6952 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
6953 asection
**local_sections
)
6955 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6956 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
6957 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6958 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
6959 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
6960 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
6961 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
6963 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
;
6965 bfd_vma d_offset
= (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
) ? 2 : 0);
6966 bool is_vxworks_tls
;
6967 unsigned int picfixup_size
= 0;
6968 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
*relax_info
= NULL
;
6971 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_relocate_section called for %pB section %pA, "
6972 "%ld relocations%s",
6973 input_bfd
, input_section
,
6974 (long) input_section
->reloc_count
,
6975 (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)) ? " (relocatable)" : "");
6978 if (!is_ppc_elf (input_bfd
))
6980 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
6984 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd
, ".got2");
6986 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
6987 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
6988 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
6990 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
6991 local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd
);
6992 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
6993 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
6994 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
6995 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
6996 is_vxworks_tls
= (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
)
6997 && !strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
,
6999 if (input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
)
7000 relax_info
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sec_info
;
7001 rel
= wrel
= relocs
;
7002 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
;
7003 for (; rel
< relend
; wrel
++, rel
++)
7005 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
7007 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
7008 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7010 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7011 const char *sym_name
;
7012 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7013 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7015 bfd_vma branch_bit
, from
;
7016 bool unresolved_reloc
, save_unresolved_reloc
;
7018 unsigned int tls_type
, tls_mask
, tls_gd
;
7019 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
, **plt_list
;
7020 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto
;
7023 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7027 unresolved_reloc
= false;
7029 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7031 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7033 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
7034 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
7035 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, sec
);
7037 relocation
= _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
7043 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
,
7044 r_symndx
, symtab_hdr
, sym_hashes
,
7046 unresolved_reloc
, warned
, ignored
);
7048 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
7051 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
7053 /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
7054 or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
7055 section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */
7057 if (r_type
< R_PPC_max
)
7058 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
7060 _bfd_clear_contents (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
7061 contents
, rel
->r_offset
);
7062 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7066 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
7067 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for
7068 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the
7069 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
7070 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
7071 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
))
7077 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7080 && r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
7081 && rel
->r_addend
!= 0)
7083 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
7084 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2. */
7085 rel
->r_addend
+= got2
->output_offset
;
7087 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
7088 && r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
7089 && r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX
)
7093 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs
7094 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit
7095 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
7096 for the final instruction stream. */
7100 tls_mask
= ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->tls_mask
;
7101 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
7103 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
7106 = (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7107 lgot_masks
= (char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7108 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
7111 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */
7112 if ((R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)
7113 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
& 3)
7114 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
& 3)
7115 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
& 3)
7116 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
& 3)
7117 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
& 3)
7118 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
& 3)
7119 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
& 3))
7126 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
7127 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
7128 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7129 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
7133 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7134 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7136 insn
|= 0x3c020000; /* addis 0,2,0 */
7137 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
7138 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7139 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
;
7140 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7145 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7146 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
7150 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7151 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn
, 2);
7154 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7155 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
;
7156 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7158 /* Was PPC_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
7159 PPC_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */
7160 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7164 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
7165 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
7167 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
7171 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
7172 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
7173 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
7176 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
7177 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
7178 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
);
7181 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
7182 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7183 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
7185 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7189 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
7190 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
7192 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
7196 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
7197 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
7198 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
7200 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
7204 offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
7205 /* If not using the newer R_PPC_TLSGD/LD to mark
7206 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
7207 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
7208 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
7209 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */
7210 if (input_section
->nomark_tls_get_addr
7212 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd
, rel
+ 1,
7213 htab
->tls_get_addr
))
7214 offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
;
7215 /* We read the low GOT_TLS insn because we need to keep
7216 the destination reg. It may be something other than
7217 the usual r3, and moved to r3 before the call by
7218 intervening code. */
7219 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7220 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7221 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
7224 insn1
&= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16);
7225 insn1
|= 32u << 26; /* lwz */
7226 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
7228 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7229 insn2
= 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7230 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7232 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
7233 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
);
7234 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7239 insn1
&= 0x1f << 21;
7240 insn1
|= 0x3c020000; /* addis r,2,0 */
7243 /* Was an LD reloc. */
7245 r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7247 if (local_sections
[r_symndx
] == sec
)
7249 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7250 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
7251 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7252 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
7253 rel
->r_addend
-= (local_syms
[r_symndx
].st_value
7254 + sec
->output_offset
7255 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7257 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
;
7258 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7259 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
7261 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
);
7262 rel
[1].r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
7263 rel
[1].r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7264 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7265 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7268 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn1
,
7269 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7272 /* We changed the symbol on an LD reloc. Start over
7273 in order to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
7280 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
7281 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
7284 bfd_vma offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7286 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
7288 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
7289 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7293 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
7296 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
7297 insn2
= 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7302 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
;
7303 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7304 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7306 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7307 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7308 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7309 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
7310 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7315 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
7316 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
7320 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
7322 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7323 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7328 r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7330 if (local_sections
[r_symndx
] == sec
)
7332 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7333 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
7334 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7335 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
7336 rel
->r_addend
-= (local_syms
[r_symndx
].st_value
7337 + sec
->output_offset
7338 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7340 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
);
7341 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7342 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7343 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
,
7344 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7345 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7346 BFD_ASSERT (rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
7347 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7353 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */
7360 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */
7361 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
7362 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
7363 branch_bit
= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7366 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */
7367 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
7368 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
7372 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7373 insn
&= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7376 from
= (rel
->r_offset
7377 + input_section
->output_offset
7378 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
7380 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
7381 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (relocation
+ rel
->r_addend
- from
) < 0)
7382 insn
^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7384 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7388 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
7392 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7393 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7394 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 15u << 26
7395 && (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) != 0)
7397 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
7399 /* Convert addis to lis. */
7400 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
7401 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
7402 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7405 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
7406 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7407 (_("%P: %H: error: %s with unexpected instruction %x\n"),
7408 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7409 "R_PPC_PLT16_HA", insn
);
7414 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
7418 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
7419 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
7420 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
7422 /* Convert lis;addi or lis;load/store accessing a protected
7423 variable defined in a shared library to PIC. */
7426 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
7428 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7429 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7430 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (15u << 26)
7431 && (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) == 0 /* lis */)
7437 p
= (contents
+ input_section
->size
7438 - relax_info
->workaround_size
7439 - relax_info
->picfixup_size
7441 off
= (p
- contents
) - (rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7442 if (off
> 0x1fffffc || (off
& 3) != 0)
7443 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7444 (_("%H: fixup branch overflow\n"),
7445 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
7447 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| off
,
7448 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7449 got_addr
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7450 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7451 + (h
->got
.offset
& ~1));
7452 wrel
->r_offset
= (p
- contents
) + d_offset
;
7453 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
7454 wrel
->r_addend
= got_addr
;
7456 insn
|= ((unsigned int) (got_addr
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
7457 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
7459 /* Convert lis to lwz, loading address from GOT. */
7461 insn
^= (32u ^ 15u) << 26;
7462 insn
|= (insn
& (0x1f << 21)) >> 5;
7463 insn
|= got_addr
& 0xffff;
7464 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
+ 4);
7466 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| ((-4 - off
) & 0x3ffffff), p
+ 8);
7467 picfixup_size
+= 12;
7469 /* Use one of the spare relocs, so --emit-relocs
7470 output is reasonable. */
7471 memmove (rel
+ 1, rel
, (relend
- rel
- 1) * sizeof (*rel
));
7473 rel
->r_offset
= wrel
[-1].r_offset
+ 4;
7474 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
7475 rel
->r_addend
= wrel
[-1].r_addend
;
7477 /* Continue on as if we had a got reloc, to output
7479 r_type
= R_PPC_GOT16_LO
;
7483 /* xgettext:c-format */
7484 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64
"): error: "
7485 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7486 input_bfd
, input_section
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
,
7487 "R_PPC_ADDR16_HA", insn
);
7489 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
)
7491 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7492 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7493 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
7494 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
7495 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
7496 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
7497 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
7498 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
7499 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
7500 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
7501 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
7502 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
7503 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
7504 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
7505 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
7506 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
7507 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
7509 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
7510 && ((insn
& 3) == 0 || (insn
& 3) == 3)))
7512 /* Arrange to apply the reloc addend, if any. */
7514 unresolved_reloc
= false;
7515 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, r_type
);
7519 /* xgettext:c-format */
7520 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64
"): error: "
7521 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7522 input_bfd
, input_section
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
,
7523 "R_PPC_ADDR16_LO", insn
);
7528 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
!= is_vxworks
)
7530 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
7534 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7535 ifunc
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
7537 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
7538 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7540 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
7542 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
7543 + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7544 ifunc
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
7549 && (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
7550 || is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
7551 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7552 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7553 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
7556 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7557 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
7558 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7559 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7560 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
7561 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7562 ent
= find_plt_ent (ifunc
, got2
, addend
);
7566 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7568 && htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
7569 && (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7571 || h
->dynindx
== -1))
7573 /* Uh oh, we are going to create a pic glink stub
7574 for an ifunc (here for h == NULL and later in
7575 finish_dynamic_symbol for h != NULL), and
7576 apparently are using code compiled with
7577 -mbss-plt. The difficulty is that -mbss-plt code
7578 gives no indication via a magic PLTREL24 addend
7579 whether r30 is equal to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or
7580 is pointing into a .got2 section (and how far
7582 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7583 /* xgettext:c-format */
7584 (_("%X%H: unsupported bss-plt -fPIC ifunc %s\n"),
7585 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
7588 unresolved_reloc
= false;
7589 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
7590 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7592 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
7593 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
7594 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
7595 + (ent
->glink_offset
& ~1));
7597 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
7598 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
7603 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7604 save_unresolved_reloc
= unresolved_reloc
;
7606 if (r_type
< R_PPC_max
)
7607 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
7613 /* xgettext:c-format */
7614 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
7615 input_bfd
, howto
->name
);
7617 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7625 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
:
7626 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7627 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7630 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
7631 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
7632 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the
7633 symbol and put the symbol value there. */
7634 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
7635 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
7636 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
7637 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
7638 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
7641 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
7642 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
7643 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
7644 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
7645 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
7648 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
7649 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
7650 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
7651 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
7652 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
7655 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
7656 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
7657 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
7658 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
7659 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
7663 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
7664 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI
:
7665 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
7669 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
7675 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
7679 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)
7680 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7681 offp
= &htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
;
7684 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7686 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)
7687 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
7688 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
7689 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
7690 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
7691 because of a version file. */
7696 unresolved_reloc
= false;
7698 offp
= &h
->got
.offset
;
7702 if (local_got_offsets
== NULL
)
7704 offp
= &local_got_offsets
[r_symndx
];
7707 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use the
7708 least significant bit to record whether we have already
7709 processed this entry. */
7715 unsigned int tls_m
= ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7716 ? tls_mask
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
7717 | TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)
7720 if (offp
== &htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
)
7722 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_LD
) != 0
7723 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7726 /* We might have multiple got entries for this sym.
7727 Initialize them all. */
7732 if ((tls_m
& TLS_LD
) != 0)
7734 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
7737 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
7739 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
7742 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
7744 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
7745 tls_m
&= ~TLS_DTPREL
;
7747 else if ((tls_m
& (TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)) != 0)
7749 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
7753 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker. */
7755 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7757 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
7759 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
7760 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))))
7762 asection
*rsec
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
7767 rsec
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
7769 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
7770 else if (is_static_defined (h
))
7771 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
7773 outrel
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7774 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7776 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
7777 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7779 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPMOD32
);
7780 if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
7782 loc
= rsec
->contents
;
7783 loc
+= (rsec
->reloc_count
++
7784 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
7785 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
,
7787 outrel
.r_offset
+= 4;
7789 = ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPREL32
);
7792 else if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
7793 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPREL32
);
7794 else if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
))
7795 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_TPREL32
);
7797 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
);
7798 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
7799 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
7801 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
7802 if (indx
== 0 && tls_ty
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
7804 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
7805 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
))
7807 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
7808 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
7810 outrel
.r_addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
;
7813 loc
= rsec
->contents
;
7814 loc
+= (rsec
->reloc_count
++
7815 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
7816 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
7819 /* Init the .got section contents if we're not
7820 emitting a reloc. */
7823 bfd_vma value
= relocation
;
7827 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
7831 if (tls_ty
& TLS_LD
)
7834 value
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7835 if (tls_ty
& TLS_TPREL
)
7836 value
+= DTP_OFFSET
- TP_OFFSET
;
7839 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7841 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, value
,
7842 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
+ off
+ 4);
7846 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, value
,
7847 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
+ off
);
7851 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7860 if (off
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
7863 if ((tls_type
& TLS_TLS
) != 0)
7865 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
7867 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) != 0
7868 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7870 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
7872 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
7874 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
7876 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
7883 /* If here for a picfixup, we're done. */
7884 if (r_type
!= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
7887 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7888 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7890 - SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
));
7892 /* Addends on got relocations don't make much sense.
7893 x+off@got is actually x@got+off, and since the got is
7894 generated by a hash table traversal, the value in the
7895 got at entry m+n bears little relation to the entry m. */
7897 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7898 /* xgettext:c-format */
7899 (_("%H: non-zero addend on %s reloc against `%s'\n"),
7900 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7906 /* Relocations that need no special processing. */
7907 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
7908 /* It makes no sense to point a local relocation
7909 at a symbol not in this object. */
7910 if (unresolved_reloc
)
7912 (*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
) (info
,
7913 h
->root
.root
.string
,
7920 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
7922 /* @local on an ifunc does not really make sense since
7923 the ifunc resolver can take you anywhere. More
7924 seriously, calls to ifuncs must go through a plt call
7925 stub, and for pic the plt call stubs uses r30 to
7926 access the PLT. The problem is that a call that is
7927 local won't have the +32k reloc addend trick marking
7928 -fPIC code, so the linker won't know whether r30 is
7929 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or pointing into a .got2 section. */
7930 /* xgettext:c-format */
7931 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%X%H: @local call to ifunc %s\n"),
7932 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7933 h
->root
.root
.string
);
7937 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
7938 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
7939 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
:
7940 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
7941 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
7942 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7945 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a shared
7948 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
7949 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
7950 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
7952 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
7953 && h
->dynindx
== -1)
7955 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
7956 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since
7957 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
7958 defined before using them. */
7959 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
7960 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
7961 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn
, 2);
7963 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
7966 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
7967 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
7968 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
7969 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in
7970 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */
7974 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
7975 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
7978 case R_PPC_DTPREL32
:
7979 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
7980 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7983 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32
:
7989 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
7990 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
7991 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
7992 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
7996 if (h
== NULL
|| h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
8002 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
8003 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
:
8004 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
8009 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8
:
8010 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15
:
8011 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24
:
8014 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
8015 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
8016 /* If these relocations are not to a named symbol, they can be
8017 handled right here, no need to bother the dynamic linker. */
8018 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
8019 || h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
8025 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
8026 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
8027 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
8032 if ((input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
8036 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
8038 || h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
8039 && ((h
!= NULL
&& pc_dynrelocs (h
))
8040 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)))
8042 && h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
))
8050 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_relocate_section needs to "
8051 "create relocation for %s\n",
8052 (h
&& h
->root
.root
.string
8053 ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "<unknown>"));
8056 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
8057 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
8060 outrel
.r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
,
8063 if (outrel
.r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -1
8064 || outrel
.r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -2)
8065 skip
= (int) outrel
.r_offset
;
8066 outrel
.r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
8067 + input_section
->output_offset
);
8069 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */
8070 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR32
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 3) != 0)
8071 || (r_type
== R_PPC_UADDR32
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 3) == 0))
8072 r_type
^= R_PPC_ADDR32
^ R_PPC_UADDR32
;
8073 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 1) != 0)
8074 || (r_type
== R_PPC_UADDR16
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 1) == 0))
8075 r_type
^= R_PPC_ADDR16
^ R_PPC_UADDR16
;
8078 memset (&outrel
, 0, sizeof outrel
);
8079 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8082 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= -1);
8083 unresolved_reloc
= false;
8084 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
8085 outrel
.r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8089 outrel
.r_addend
= relocation
+ rel
->r_addend
;
8091 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_ADDR32
)
8095 /* If we get here when building a static
8096 executable, then the libc startup function
8097 responsible for applying indirect function
8098 relocations is going to complain about
8100 If we get here when building a dynamic
8101 executable, it will be because we have
8102 a text relocation. The dynamic loader
8103 will set the text segment writable and
8104 non-executable to apply text relocations.
8105 So we'll segfault when trying to run the
8106 indirection function to resolve the reloc. */
8107 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8108 /* xgettext:c-format */
8109 (_("%H: relocation %s for indirect "
8110 "function %s unsupported\n"),
8111 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8116 else if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
|| bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
8118 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
8120 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8127 /* We are turning this relocation into one
8128 against a section symbol. It would be
8129 proper to subtract the symbol's value,
8130 osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
8131 but ld.so expects buggy relocs.
8132 FIXME: Why not always use a zero index? */
8133 osec
= sec
->output_section
;
8134 if ((osec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
8136 osec
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
;
8141 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
8144 osec
= htab
->elf
.text_index_section
;
8145 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
8147 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
8150 /* ld.so doesn't expect buggy TLS relocs.
8151 Don't leave the symbol value in the
8153 if (IS_PPC_TLS_RELOC (r_type
))
8154 outrel
.r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
8157 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
8159 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
8160 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
8162 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
8165 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
8168 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
8170 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
8171 else if (is_static_defined (h
))
8172 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
8177 loc
= sreloc
->contents
;
8178 loc
+= sreloc
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8179 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
8184 /* This reloc will be computed at runtime. Clear the memory
8185 so that it contains a predictable value for prelink. */
8188 relocation
= howto
->pc_relative
? outrel
.r_offset
: 0;
8195 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
:
8196 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
:
8199 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8200 bfd_vma got2_addend
= 0;
8202 if (r_type
== R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
)
8204 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8205 got2_addend
= addend
;
8208 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
, got2
, got2_addend
);
8209 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
8210 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
8211 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
8212 + ent
->glink_offset
);
8214 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
8215 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
8224 size_t insn_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
8227 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8229 relocation
-= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
8230 + input_section
->output_offset
8231 + rel
->r_offset
- 4);
8232 stub
= shared_stub_entry
;
8233 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[0], contents
+ insn_offset
- 12);
8234 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[1], contents
+ insn_offset
- 8);
8235 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[2], contents
+ insn_offset
- 4);
8237 size
= ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry
) - 3;
8242 size
= ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry
);
8245 relocation
+= addend
;
8246 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
8249 /* First insn is HA, second is LO. */
8251 insn
|= ((relocation
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8252 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8256 insn
|= relocation
& 0xffff;
8257 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8265 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8269 /* Rewrite the reloc and convert one of the trailing nop
8270 relocs to describe this relocation. */
8271 BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_NONE
);
8272 /* The relocs are at the bottom 2 bytes */
8273 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
+ d_offset
;
8274 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
8275 wrel
->r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8276 memmove (wrel
+ 1, wrel
, (relend
- wrel
- 1) * sizeof (*wrel
));
8278 wrel
->r_offset
+= 4;
8279 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
8283 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
8284 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
:
8285 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sdata
[0].section
!= NULL
);
8286 if (!is_static_defined (htab
->sdata
[0].sym
))
8288 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8292 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0],
8293 h
, relocation
, rel
);
8297 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
8298 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
:
8299 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sdata
[1].section
!= NULL
);
8300 if (!is_static_defined (htab
->sdata
[1].sym
))
8302 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8306 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1],
8307 h
, relocation
, rel
);
8311 /* Handle the TOC16 reloc. We want to use the offset within the .got
8312 section, not the actual VMA. This is appropriate when generating
8313 an embedded ELF object, for which the .got section acts like the
8314 AIX .toc section. */
8315 case R_PPC_TOC16
: /* phony GOT16 relocations */
8316 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8318 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8321 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec
), ".got") == 0
8322 || strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec
), ".cgot") == 0);
8324 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ 0x8000;
8327 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
8328 if (h
!= NULL
&& ifunc
== NULL
)
8330 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8332 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
, got2
,
8333 bfd_link_pic (info
) ? addend
: 0);
8335 || htab
->elf
.splt
== NULL
)
8337 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
8338 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
8339 using -Bsymbolic. */
8343 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
8344 procedure linkage table. */
8345 unresolved_reloc
= false;
8346 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
8347 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
8348 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
8349 + ent
->glink_offset
);
8351 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
8352 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
8357 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
8358 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2.
8359 Don't apply it to the relocation field. */
8365 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
8366 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI
:
8367 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8370 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
8371 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
8373 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
8375 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
8376 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
8377 + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
8378 plt_list
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
8380 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8381 if (plt_list
!= NULL
)
8383 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8385 ent
= find_plt_ent (plt_list
, got2
,
8386 bfd_link_pic (info
) ? addend
: 0);
8387 if (ent
!= NULL
&& ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
8391 unresolved_reloc
= false;
8392 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
8393 if (use_local_plt (info
, h
))
8396 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
8398 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
8400 relocation
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
8401 + plt
->output_offset
8403 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8407 if (ent
->addend
>= 32768)
8409 + ent
->sec
->output_section
->vma
8410 + ent
->sec
->output_offset
);
8412 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
8420 /* Relocate against _SDA_BASE_. */
8421 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
8424 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8427 || sec
->output_section
== NULL
8428 || !is_static_defined (sda
))
8430 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8433 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8435 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8436 if (!(strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8437 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0))
8440 /* xgettext:c-format */
8441 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8442 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8451 /* Relocate against _SDA2_BASE_. */
8452 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
:
8455 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8458 || sec
->output_section
== NULL
8459 || !is_static_defined (sda
))
8461 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8464 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8466 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8467 if (!(strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8468 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0))
8471 /* xgettext:c-format */
8472 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8473 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8482 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
:
8483 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8484 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8485 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8486 split16a_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8489 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
:
8490 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8491 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8492 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8493 split16d_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8496 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
:
8497 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
) >> 16;
8498 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8499 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8500 split16a_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8503 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
:
8504 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
) >> 16;
8505 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8506 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8507 split16d_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8510 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
:
8511 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8512 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8513 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8514 split16a_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8517 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
:
8518 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8519 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8520 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8521 split16d_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8524 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_, _SDA2_BASE_, or 0. */
8525 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
:
8526 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
:
8527 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
:
8528 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
:
8533 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= NULL
;
8535 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8537 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8541 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8542 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8543 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
8546 sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8548 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8549 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0)
8552 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8554 else if (strcmp (name
, ".PPC.EMB.sdata0") == 0
8555 || strcmp (name
, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0") == 0)
8562 /* xgettext:c-format */
8563 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8564 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8570 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8577 if (!is_static_defined (sda
))
8579 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8582 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8585 if (r_type
== R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
)
8588 /* The PowerPC Embedded Application Binary Interface
8589 version 1.0 insanely chose to specify R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
8590 operating on a 24-bit field at r_offset. GNU as and
8591 GNU ld have always assumed R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 operates on
8592 a 32-bit bit insn at r_offset. Cope with object file
8593 producers that possibly comply with the EABI in
8594 generating an odd r_offset for big-endian objects. */
8595 if (r_type
== R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
)
8596 rel
->r_offset
&= ~1;
8598 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8600 && (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8601 || r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
))
8603 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8606 /* Force e_li insn, keeping RT from original insn. */
8610 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
8611 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
8612 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xf0000) >> 5;
8613 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
8614 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xf800) << 5;
8615 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
8616 insn
|= relocation
& 0x7ff;
8618 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8620 if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8621 && ((relocation
+ 0x80000) & 0xffffffff) > 0x100000)
8625 /* Fill in register field. */
8626 insn
= (insn
& ~RA_REGISTER_MASK
) | (reg
<< RA_REGISTER_SHIFT
);
8627 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8631 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
8632 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
8633 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
8634 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
8635 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
8636 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
8640 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= NULL
;
8642 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8644 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8648 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8649 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8650 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
8651 sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8652 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8653 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0)
8654 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8658 /* xgettext:c-format */
8659 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8660 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8666 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8671 if (sda
== NULL
|| !is_static_defined (sda
))
8673 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8676 value
= relocation
+ addend
- SYM_VAL (sda
);
8678 if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
)
8679 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8680 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8682 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8683 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
)
8684 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8685 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8687 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8688 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
)
8690 value
= value
>> 16;
8691 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8692 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8694 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8696 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
)
8698 value
= value
>> 16;
8699 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8700 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8702 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8704 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
)
8706 value
= (value
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8707 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8708 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8710 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8712 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
)
8714 value
= (value
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8715 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8716 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8718 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8723 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
:
8724 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (output_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
);
8727 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */
8729 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
8730 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
:
8731 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
8732 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8734 unresolved_reloc
= true;
8737 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
;
8740 /* Negative relocations. */
8741 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
:
8742 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
:
8743 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
:
8744 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
:
8745 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
8746 addend
-= 2 * relocation
;
8750 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
:
8751 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
8752 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
8753 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE
:
8755 case R_PPC_PLTREL32
:
8757 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
:
8758 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
:
8759 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
:
8760 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
8761 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
:
8762 /* xgettext:c-format */
8763 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
8764 input_bfd
, howto
->name
);
8766 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8776 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
8777 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
8779 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
8780 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
8784 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
8785 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
8787 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
8788 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
8789 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
8791 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
8802 if (unresolved_reloc
)
8804 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
8805 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
8807 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| insn
, p
);
8808 unresolved_reloc
= save_unresolved_reloc
;
8809 r_type
= R_PPC_REL24
;
8810 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
8812 else if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
8813 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8814 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8815 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8820 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8821 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
8822 if (unresolved_reloc
)
8824 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
8825 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
8826 unresolved_reloc
= false;
8827 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
8828 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
8830 else if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
8831 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8832 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8833 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8838 /* Do any further special processing. */
8844 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
8845 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
8846 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
8847 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
8848 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
8849 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
8850 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
8851 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
8852 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
8853 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case,
8854 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
8855 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */
8860 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8861 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
8862 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
8863 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
8864 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
8865 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
8866 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
8867 Bits 0:15 are not used. */
8872 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
8874 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
8875 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
8877 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
8878 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
8879 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
8881 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
8882 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
8883 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
8884 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
8885 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
8886 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
8887 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
8888 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
8889 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
8891 /* The 32-bit ABI lacks proper relocations to deal with
8892 certain 64-bit instructions. Prevent damage to bits
8893 that make up part of the insn opcode. */
8894 unsigned int insn
, mask
, lobit
;
8896 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
8897 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
8899 if (is_insn_ds_form (insn
))
8901 else if (is_insn_dq_form (insn
))
8905 relocation
+= addend
;
8906 addend
= insn
& mask
;
8907 lobit
= mask
& relocation
;
8910 relocation
^= lobit
;
8911 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8912 /* xgettext:c-format */
8913 (_("%H: error: %s against `%s' not a multiple of %u\n"),
8914 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8915 howto
->name
, sym_name
, mask
+ 1);
8916 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8924 fprintf (stderr
, "\ttype = %s (%d), name = %s, symbol index = %ld, "
8925 "offset = %ld, addend = %ld\n",
8930 (long) rel
->r_offset
,
8934 if (unresolved_reloc
8935 && !((input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
8937 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
,
8938 rel
->r_offset
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
8940 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8941 /* xgettext:c-format */
8942 (_("%H: unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'\n"),
8943 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8949 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a
8950 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should
8951 have different reloc types. */
8952 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain_overflow_dont
8953 && howto
->dst_mask
== 0xffff
8954 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
8956 enum complain_overflow complain
= complain_overflow_signed
;
8958 if ((elf_section_flags (input_section
) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) == 0)
8962 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
8963 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */)
8964 complain
= complain_overflow_bitfield
;
8965 else if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */
8966 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */
8967 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */)
8968 complain
= complain_overflow_unsigned
;
8970 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain
)
8973 alt_howto
.complain_on_overflow
= complain
;
8978 if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
)
8980 /* Split field reloc isn't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */
8981 if (rel
->r_offset
+ 4 > input_section
->size
)
8982 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
8987 relocation
+= addend
;
8988 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
8989 + input_section
->output_offset
8990 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
8992 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8994 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xffc1) | ((relocation
& 0x3e) << 15);
8995 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
9000 r
= _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
, contents
,
9001 rel
->r_offset
, relocation
, addend
);
9003 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
9005 if (r
== bfd_reloc_overflow
)
9008 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow
9009 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */
9012 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
9013 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9014 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
)))
9015 info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
9016 (info
, (h
? &h
->root
: NULL
), sym_name
, howto
->name
,
9017 rel
->r_addend
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
9021 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9022 /* xgettext:c-format */
9023 (_("%H: %s reloc against `%s': error %d\n"),
9024 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
9025 howto
->name
, sym_name
, (int) r
);
9036 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
9037 size_t deleted
= rel
- wrel
;
9039 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
->output_section
);
9040 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
9041 if (rel_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
9043 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
9045 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
9046 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
9051 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
);
9052 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
9053 input_section
->reloc_count
-= deleted
;
9057 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
9060 if (input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9061 && input_section
->size
!= input_section
->rawsize
9062 && (strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
9063 || strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0))
9065 /* Branch around the trampolines. */
9066 unsigned int insn
= B
+ input_section
->size
- input_section
->rawsize
;
9067 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ input_section
->rawsize
);
9070 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
9071 && input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9072 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
9073 || (input_section
->output_section
->alignment_power
9074 >= htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
)))
9076 bfd_vma start_addr
, end_addr
, addr
;
9077 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
9079 if (relax_info
->workaround_size
!= 0)
9085 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, BA
, fill
);
9086 p
= contents
+ input_section
->size
- relax_info
->workaround_size
;
9087 n
= relax_info
->workaround_size
>> 2;
9090 memcpy (p
, fill
, 4);
9095 /* The idea is: Replace the last instruction on a page with a
9096 branch to a patch area. Put the insn there followed by a
9097 branch back to the next page. Complicated a little by
9098 needing to handle moved conditional branches, and by not
9099 wanting to touch data-in-text. */
9101 start_addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
9102 + input_section
->output_offset
);
9103 end_addr
= (start_addr
+ input_section
->size
9104 - relax_info
->workaround_size
);
9105 for (addr
= ((start_addr
& -pagesize
) + pagesize
- 4);
9109 bfd_vma offset
= addr
- start_addr
;
9110 Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo
, *hi
;
9112 bfd_vma patch_off
, patch_addr
;
9115 /* Do we have a data reloc at this offset? If so, leave
9123 rel
= lo
+ (hi
- lo
) / 2;
9124 if (rel
->r_offset
< offset
)
9126 else if (rel
->r_offset
> offset
+ 3)
9130 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
9147 /* Some instructions can be left alone too. Unconditional
9148 branches, except for bcctr with BO=0x14 (bctr, bctrl),
9149 avoid the icache failure.
9151 The problem occurs due to prefetch across a page boundary
9152 where stale instructions can be fetched from the next
9153 page, and the mechanism for flushing these bad
9154 instructions fails under certain circumstances. The
9155 unconditional branches:
9156 1) Branch: b, bl, ba, bla,
9157 2) Branch Conditional: bc, bca, bcl, bcla,
9158 3) Branch Conditional to Link Register: bclr, bclrl,
9159 where (2) and (3) have BO=0x14 making them unconditional,
9160 prevent the bad prefetch because the prefetch itself is
9161 affected by these instructions. This happens even if the
9162 instruction is not executed.
9167 . addi 9,9,new_page@l
9174 The bctr is not predicted taken due to ctr not being
9175 ready, so prefetch continues on past the bctr into the
9176 new page which might have stale instructions. If they
9177 fail to be flushed, then they will be executed after the
9178 bctr executes. Either of the following modifications
9179 prevent the bad prefetch from happening in the first
9182 . lis 9,new_page@ha lis 9,new_page@ha
9183 . addi 9,9,new_page@l addi 9,9,new_page@l
9186 . nop b somewhere_else
9187 . b somewhere_else nop
9188 . new_page: new_page:
9190 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
9191 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (18u << 26) /* b,bl,ba,bla */
9192 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc,bcl,bca,bcla*/
9193 && (insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)) /* with BO=0x14 */
9194 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (19u << 26)
9195 && (insn
& (0x3ff << 1)) == (16u << 1) /* bclr,bclrl */
9196 && (insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)))/* with BO=0x14 */
9199 patch_addr
= (start_addr
+ input_section
->size
9200 - relax_info
->workaround_size
);
9201 patch_addr
= (patch_addr
+ 15) & -16;
9202 patch_off
= patch_addr
- start_addr
;
9203 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
+ patch_off
- offset
, contents
+ offset
);
9206 && rel
->r_offset
>= offset
9207 && rel
->r_offset
< offset
+ 4)
9211 /* If the insn we are patching had a reloc, adjust the
9212 reloc r_offset so that the reloc applies to the moved
9213 location. This matters for -r and --emit-relocs. */
9214 if (rel
+ 1 != relend
)
9216 Elf_Internal_Rela tmp
= *rel
;
9218 /* Keep the relocs sorted by r_offset. */
9219 memmove (rel
, rel
+ 1, (relend
- (rel
+ 1)) * sizeof (*rel
));
9222 relend
[-1].r_offset
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9224 /* Adjust REL16 addends too. */
9225 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
))
9228 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
9229 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
9230 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
9231 relend
[-1].r_addend
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9237 /* If we are building a PIE or shared library with
9238 non-PIC objects, perhaps we had a dynamic reloc too?
9239 If so, the dynamic reloc must move with the insn. */
9240 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
9243 Elf32_External_Rela
*slo
, *shi
, *srelend
;
9246 slo
= (Elf32_External_Rela
*) sreloc
->contents
;
9247 shi
= srelend
= slo
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
;
9248 soffset
= (offset
+ input_section
->output_section
->vma
9249 + input_section
->output_offset
);
9252 Elf32_External_Rela
*srel
= slo
+ (shi
- slo
) / 2;
9253 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, (bfd_byte
*) srel
,
9255 if (outrel
.r_offset
< soffset
)
9257 else if (outrel
.r_offset
> soffset
+ 3)
9261 if (srel
+ 1 != srelend
)
9263 memmove (srel
, srel
+ 1,
9264 (srelend
- (srel
+ 1)) * sizeof (*srel
));
9267 outrel
.r_offset
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9268 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
,
9278 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc */
9279 && (insn
& 2) == 0 /* relative */)
9281 bfd_vma delta
= ((insn
& 0xfffc) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
9283 delta
+= offset
- patch_off
;
9284 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && rel
!= NULL
)
9286 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && rel
!= NULL
)
9288 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
9290 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
);
9291 if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
)
9292 insn
|= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9293 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
9294 insn
&= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9296 BFD_ASSERT (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14
);
9298 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
9299 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
9300 && delta
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
9301 && (bfd_signed_vma
) delta
< 0)
9302 insn
^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9304 if (delta
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
9306 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9307 (insn
& ~0xfffc) | (delta
& 0xfffc),
9308 contents
+ patch_off
);
9310 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9311 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9312 contents
+ patch_off
);
9319 unsigned int r_sym
= ELF32_R_SYM (relend
[-1].r_info
);
9321 relend
[-1].r_offset
+= 8;
9322 relend
[-1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_sym
, R_PPC_REL24
);
9324 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9325 (insn
& ~0xfffc) | 8,
9326 contents
+ patch_off
);
9328 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9329 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9330 contents
+ patch_off
);
9332 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9333 B
| ((delta
- 8) & 0x3fffffc),
9334 contents
+ patch_off
);
9340 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ patch_off
);
9342 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9343 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9344 contents
+ patch_off
);
9347 BFD_ASSERT (patch_off
<= input_section
->size
);
9348 relax_info
->workaround_size
= input_section
->size
- patch_off
;
9355 /* Write out the PLT relocs and entries for H. */
9358 write_global_sym_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9360 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
9361 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9362 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9366 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9367 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9369 bool dyn
= !use_local_plt (info
, h
);
9373 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9375 bfd_vma reloc_index
;
9376 asection
*plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9377 asection
*relplt
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9379 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
|| !dyn
)
9380 reloc_index
= ent
->plt
.offset
/ 4;
9383 reloc_index
= ((ent
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
9384 / htab
->plt_slot_size
);
9385 if (reloc_index
> PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
9386 && htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
9387 reloc_index
-= (reloc_index
- PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
) / 2;
9390 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.
9392 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
&& dyn
)
9395 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
9397 /* The first three entries in .got.plt are reserved. */
9398 got_offset
= (reloc_index
+ 3) * 4;
9400 /* Use the right PLT. */
9401 plt_entry
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
9402 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
;
9404 /* Fill in the .plt on VxWorks. */
9405 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9407 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9408 plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_offset
),
9409 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 0);
9410 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9411 plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_offset
),
9412 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 4);
9416 bfd_vma got_loc
= got_offset
+ SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
9418 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9419 plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_loc
),
9420 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 0);
9421 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9422 plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_loc
),
9423 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 4);
9426 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2],
9427 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 8);
9428 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3],
9429 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 12);
9431 /* This instruction is an immediate load. The value loaded is
9432 the byte offset of the R_PPC_JMP_SLOT relocation from the
9433 start of the .rela.plt section. The value is stored in the
9434 low-order 16 bits of the load instruction. */
9435 /* NOTE: It appears that this is now an index rather than a
9436 prescaled offset. */
9437 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9438 plt_entry
[4] | reloc_index
,
9439 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16);
9440 /* This instruction is a PC-relative branch whose target is
9441 the start of the PLT section. The address of this branch
9442 instruction is 20 bytes beyond the start of this PLT entry.
9443 The address is encoded in bits 6-29, inclusive. The value
9444 stored is right-shifted by two bits, permitting a 26-bit
9446 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9448 | (-(ent
->plt
.offset
+ 20) & 0x03fffffc)),
9449 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 20);
9450 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6],
9451 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 24);
9452 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7],
9453 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 28);
9455 /* Fill in the GOT entry corresponding to this PLT slot with
9456 the address immediately after the "bctr" instruction
9457 in this PLT entry. */
9458 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, (plt
->output_section
->vma
9459 + plt
->output_offset
9460 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16),
9461 htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->contents
+ got_offset
);
9463 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
9465 /* Fill in a couple of entries in .rela.plt.unloaded. */
9466 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
9467 + ((VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS
+ reloc_index
9468 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS
)
9469 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9471 /* Provide the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
9472 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9473 + plt
->output_offset
9474 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 2);
9475 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
,
9477 rela
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
9478 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9479 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9481 /* Provide the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
9482 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9483 + plt
->output_offset
9484 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 6);
9485 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
,
9487 rela
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
9488 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9489 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9491 /* Provide a relocation for the GOT entry corresponding to this
9492 PLT slot. Point it at the middle of the .plt entry. */
9493 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
9494 + htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_offset
9496 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hplt
->indx
,
9498 rela
.r_addend
= ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16;
9499 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9502 /* VxWorks uses non-standard semantics for R_PPC_JMP_SLOT.
9503 In particular, the offset for the relocation is not the
9504 address of the PLT entry for this function, as specified
9505 by the ABI. Instead, the offset is set to the address of
9506 the GOT slot for this function. See EABI 4.4.4.1. */
9507 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
9508 + htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_offset
9517 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9519 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9520 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9524 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
9525 relplt
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? htab
->relpltlocal
: NULL
;
9528 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9529 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
9530 rela
.r_addend
= SYM_VAL (h
);
9535 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
9536 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, rela
.r_addend
, loc
);
9540 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9541 + plt
->output_offset
9544 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
|| !dyn
)
9546 /* We don't need to fill in the .plt. The ppc dynamic
9547 linker will fill it in. */
9551 bfd_vma val
= (htab
->glink_pltresolve
+ ent
->plt
.offset
9552 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
9553 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
9554 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, val
,
9555 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
);
9562 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
9565 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9566 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
9568 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
9569 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
9570 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9571 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9575 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
);
9576 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (reloc_index
9577 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9578 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& is_static_defined (h
))
9579 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9581 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9586 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
|| !dyn
)
9589 asection
*plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9593 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9594 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9599 p
= (unsigned char *) htab
->glink
->contents
+ ent
->glink_offset
;
9600 write_glink_stub (h
, ent
, plt
, p
, info
);
9602 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
9603 /* We only need one non-PIC glink stub. */
9612 /* Finish up PLT handling. */
9615 ppc_finish_symbols (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9617 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9623 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, write_global_sym_plt
, info
);
9625 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9627 bfd_vma
*local_got
, *end_local_got
;
9628 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
, **lplt
, **end_local_plt
;
9629 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9630 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
9631 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
9632 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9634 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
9637 local_got
= elf_local_got_offsets (ibfd
);
9641 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
9642 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9643 end_local_got
= local_got
+ locsymcount
;
9644 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_local_got
;
9645 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
9646 for (lplt
= local_plt
; lplt
< end_local_plt
; ++lplt
)
9647 for (ent
= *lplt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9649 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9651 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9653 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
9656 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9659 if (!get_sym_h (NULL
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9660 lplt
- local_plt
, ibfd
))
9662 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9667 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9668 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
9669 val
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
+ sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
9671 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9673 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9674 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9675 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9676 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
9680 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
9681 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9683 relplt
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
9684 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
9688 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
9689 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, val
, loc
);
9694 rela
.r_offset
= (ent
->plt
.offset
9695 + plt
->output_offset
9696 + plt
->output_section
->vma
);
9697 rela
.r_addend
= val
;
9698 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
9699 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9700 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9702 p
= (unsigned char *) htab
->glink
->contents
+ ent
->glink_offset
;
9703 write_glink_stub (NULL
, ent
, htab
->elf
.iplt
, p
, info
);
9707 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9708 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9710 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9713 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9719 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
9720 dynamic sections here. */
9723 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9724 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9725 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9726 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9728 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9729 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9732 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol called for %s",
9733 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9737 || (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
)))
9738 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9739 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9741 if (!h
->def_regular
)
9743 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
9744 defined in the .plt section. Leave the value if
9745 there were any relocations where pointer equality
9746 matters (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to
9747 make function pointer comparisons work between an
9748 application and shared library), otherwise set it
9750 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9751 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
9753 else if (!h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
9755 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
9756 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
9757 function pointer. */
9763 /* Set the value of ifunc symbols in a non-pie
9764 executable to the glink entry. This is to avoid
9765 text relocations. We can't do this for ifunc in
9766 allocate_dynrelocs, as we do for normal dynamic
9767 function symbols with plt entries, because we need
9768 to keep the original value around for the ifunc
9771 = (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
9772 (info
->output_bfd
, htab
->glink
->output_section
));
9773 sym
->st_value
= (ent
->glink_offset
9774 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
9775 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
9783 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9786 /* This symbols needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
9789 fprintf (stderr
, ", copy");
9792 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
9794 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
9796 else if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
9797 s
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
9799 s
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
9800 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
9802 rela
.r_offset
= SYM_VAL (h
);
9803 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC_COPY
);
9805 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9806 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9810 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
9816 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
9817 ppc_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9818 const asection
*rel_sec
,
9819 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela
)
9821 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9823 if (rel_sec
== htab
->elf
.irelplt
)
9824 return reloc_class_ifunc
;
9826 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela
->r_info
))
9828 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
9829 return reloc_class_relative
;
9830 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
9831 return reloc_class_plt
;
9833 return reloc_class_copy
;
9835 return reloc_class_normal
;
9839 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
9842 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9843 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9846 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9852 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections called\n");
9855 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9856 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
9857 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
9860 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
9861 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
9863 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
9865 Elf32_External_Dyn
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
9867 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& sdyn
!= NULL
);
9869 dyncon
= (Elf32_External_Dyn
*) sdyn
->contents
;
9870 dynconend
= (Elf32_External_Dyn
*) (sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
);
9871 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
++)
9873 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
9876 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
9881 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
)
9882 s
= htab
->elf
.sgotplt
;
9885 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
9889 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
;
9893 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9894 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
9898 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= got
;
9902 if (htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
)
9903 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9904 (_("%X%P: text relocations and GNU indirect "
9905 "functions will result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
9906 else if (htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
)
9907 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9908 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect "
9909 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
9913 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
9914 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
9919 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
9923 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
9924 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
9926 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sgot
9927 || htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sgotplt
)
9929 unsigned char *p
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->contents
;
9931 p
+= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9932 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
9934 /* Add a blrl instruction at _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_-4
9935 so that a function can easily find the address of
9936 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
9937 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
- 4
9938 < htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->size
);
9939 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0x4e800021, p
- 4);
9944 bfd_vma val
= sdyn
->output_section
->vma
+ sdyn
->output_offset
;
9945 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
9946 < htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->size
);
9947 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, val
, p
);
9952 /* xgettext:c-format */
9953 _bfd_error_handler (_("%s not defined in linker created %pA"),
9954 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.root
.string
,
9955 (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
!= NULL
9956 ? htab
->elf
.sgotplt
: htab
->elf
.sgot
));
9957 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9961 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 4;
9964 /* Fill in the first entry in the VxWorks procedure linkage table. */
9965 if (htab
->elf
.target_os
== is_vxworks
9966 && htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
9967 && htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0
9968 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
9970 asection
*splt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9971 /* Use the right PLT. */
9972 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= (bfd_link_pic (info
)
9973 ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
9974 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
);
9976 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
9978 bfd_vma got_value
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
9980 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_value
),
9981 splt
->contents
+ 0);
9982 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_value
),
9983 splt
->contents
+ 4);
9987 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], splt
->contents
+ 0);
9988 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1], splt
->contents
+ 4);
9990 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], splt
->contents
+ 8);
9991 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], splt
->contents
+ 12);
9992 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], splt
->contents
+ 16);
9993 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], splt
->contents
+ 20);
9994 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], splt
->contents
+ 24);
9995 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], splt
->contents
+ 28);
9997 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
9999 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
10002 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
10004 /* Output the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
10005 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10006 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
10008 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
10010 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
10011 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10013 /* Output the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
10014 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10015 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
10017 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
10019 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
10020 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10022 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
10023 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
10024 in which symbols were output. */
10025 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
10027 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
10029 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10030 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
10031 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10032 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10034 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10035 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
10036 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10037 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10039 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10040 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hplt
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR32
);
10041 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10042 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10047 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
10048 && htab
->glink
->contents
!= NULL
10049 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
10052 unsigned char *endp
;
10056 * PIC glink code is the following:
10058 * # ith PLT code stub.
10059 * addis 11,30,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@ha
10060 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@l(11)
10064 * # A table of branches, one for each plt entry.
10065 * # The idea is that the plt call stub loads ctr and r11 with these
10066 * # addresses, so (r11 - res_0) gives the plt index * 4.
10067 * res_0: b PLTresolve
10068 * res_1: b PLTresolve
10070 * # Some number of entries towards the end can be nops
10076 * addis 11,11,(1f-res_0)@ha
10079 * 1: addi 11,11,(1b-res_0)@l
10082 * sub 11,11,12 # r11 = index * 4
10083 * addis 12,12,(got+4-1b)@ha
10084 * lwz 0,(got+4-1b)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10085 * lwz 12,(got+8-1b)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10088 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10091 * Non-PIC glink code is a little simpler.
10093 * # ith PLT code stub.
10094 * lis 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@ha
10095 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@l(11)
10099 * The branch table is the same, then comes
10102 * lis 12,(got+4)@ha
10103 * addis 11,11,(-res_0)@ha
10104 * lwz 0,(got+4)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10105 * addi 11,11,(-res_0)@l # r11 = index * 4
10108 * lwz 12,(got+8)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10109 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10113 /* Build the branch table, one for each plt entry (less one),
10114 and perhaps some padding. */
10115 p
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
10116 p
+= htab
->glink_pltresolve
;
10117 endp
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
10118 endp
+= htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
10119 while (p
< endp
- (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? 0 : 8 * 4))
10121 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
+ endp
- p
, p
);
10126 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
10130 res0
= (htab
->glink_pltresolve
10131 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10132 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10134 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
)
10136 /* Ensure that a call stub at the end of a page doesn't
10137 result in prefetch over the end of the page into the
10138 glink branch table. */
10139 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
10141 bfd_vma glink_start
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10142 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10144 for (page_addr
= res0
& -pagesize
;
10145 page_addr
> glink_start
;
10146 page_addr
-= pagesize
)
10148 /* We have a plt call stub that may need fixing. */
10152 loc
= htab
->glink
->contents
+ page_addr
- 4 - glink_start
;
10153 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
);
10156 /* By alignment, we know that there must be at least
10157 one other call stub before this one. */
10158 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
- 16);
10160 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
| (-16 & 0x3fffffc), loc
);
10162 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
| (-20 & 0x3fffffc), loc
);
10167 /* Last comes the PLTresolve stub. */
10168 endp
= p
+ GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
10169 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
10173 bcl
= (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 3*4
10174 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10175 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10177 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_11
+ PPC_HA (bcl
- res0
), p
);
10179 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MFLR_0
, p
);
10181 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
10183 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDI_11_11
+ PPC_LO (bcl
- res0
), p
);
10185 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MFLR_12
, p
);
10187 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTLR_0
, p
);
10189 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, SUB_11_11_12
, p
);
10191 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_12_12
+ PPC_HA (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10193 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4 - bcl
) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8 - bcl
))
10195 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10197 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 8 - bcl
), p
);
10202 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZU_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10204 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ 4, p
);
10207 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_0
, p
);
10209 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_0_11_11
, p
);
10213 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LIS_12
+ PPC_HA (got
+ 4), p
);
10215 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_11
+ PPC_HA (-res0
), p
);
10217 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8))
10218 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4), p
);
10220 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZU_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4), p
);
10222 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDI_11_11
+ PPC_LO (-res0
), p
);
10224 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_0
, p
);
10226 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_0_11_11
, p
);
10228 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8))
10229 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 8), p
);
10231 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ 4, p
);
10234 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_11_0_11
, p
);
10236 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
10240 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
,
10241 htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? BA
: NOP
, p
);
10244 BFD_ASSERT (p
== endp
);
10247 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
10248 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
!= NULL
)
10250 unsigned char *p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
10253 p
+= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
10258 /* Offset to .glink. */
10259 val
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10260 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10261 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
10262 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
);
10263 val
-= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
10264 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
10266 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
10267 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, info
,
10268 htab
->glink_eh_frame
,
10269 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
))
10276 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf32_le_vec
10277 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-powerpcle"
10278 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vec
10279 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc"
10280 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc
10281 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC32_ELF_DATA
10282 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC
10283 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
10284 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
10285 #define ELF_RELROPAGESIZE ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
10286 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc_elf_info_to_howto
10288 #ifdef EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10289 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1 EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10293 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT2 EM_PPC_OLD
10296 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1
10297 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
10298 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
10299 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
10300 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
10301 #define elf_backend_caches_rawsize 1
10303 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject ppc_elf_mkobject
10304 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
10305 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section ppc_elf_relax_section
10306 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup
10307 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup
10308 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags ppc_elf_set_private_flags
10309 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create
10310 #define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
10312 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc_elf_object_p
10313 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook
10314 #define elf_backend_section_from_shdr ppc_elf_section_from_shdr
10315 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc_elf_relocate_section
10316 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections
10317 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc_elf_check_relocs
10318 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
10319 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
10320 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
10321 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook
10322 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections
10323 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc_elf_hash_symbol
10324 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
10325 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
10326 #define elf_backend_fake_sections ppc_elf_fake_sections
10327 #define elf_backend_additional_program_headers ppc_elf_additional_program_headers
10328 #define elf_backend_modify_segment_map ppc_elf_modify_segment_map
10329 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc_elf_grok_prstatus
10330 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc_elf_grok_psinfo
10331 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc_elf_write_core_note
10332 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc_elf_reloc_type_class
10333 #define elf_backend_begin_write_processing ppc_elf_begin_write_processing
10334 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing ppc_elf_final_write_processing
10335 #define elf_backend_write_section ppc_elf_write_section
10336 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr
10337 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val ppc_elf_plt_sym_val
10338 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc_elf_action_discarded
10339 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
10340 #define elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags
10342 #include "elf32-target.h"
10344 /* FreeBSD Target */
10346 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10347 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10349 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10350 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_fbsd_vec
10351 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10352 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-freebsd"
10355 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
10358 #define elf32_bed elf32_powerpc_fbsd_bed
10360 #include "elf32-target.h"
10362 /* VxWorks Target */
10364 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10365 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10367 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10368 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vxworks_vec
10369 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10370 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-vxworks"
10374 #undef ELF_TARGET_OS
10375 #define ELF_TARGET_OS is_vxworks
10377 /* VxWorks uses the elf default section flags for .plt. */
10378 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
10379 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
10381 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
10384 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".plt") == 0)
10385 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
10387 return ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
10390 /* Like ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create, but overrides
10391 appropriately for VxWorks. */
10392 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
10393 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
10395 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
10397 ret
= ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
10400 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
10401 = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*)ret
;
10402 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_VXWORKS
;
10403 htab
->plt_entry_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10404 htab
->plt_slot_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10405 htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10410 /* Tweak magic VxWorks symbols as they are loaded. */
10412 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
,
10413 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10414 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
10415 const char **namep
,
10420 if (!elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (abfd
, info
, sym
, namep
, flagsp
, secp
,
10424 return ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd
, info
, sym
, namep
, flagsp
, secp
, valp
);
10428 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
10430 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd
);
10431 return elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (abfd
);
10434 /* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so
10436 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
10437 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
10438 #undef elf_backend_want_got_plt
10439 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
10440 #undef elf_backend_got_symbol_offset
10441 #define elf_backend_got_symbol_offset 0
10442 #undef elf_backend_plt_not_loaded
10443 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 0
10444 #undef elf_backend_plt_readonly
10445 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
10446 #undef elf_backend_got_header_size
10447 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
10448 #undef elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt
10449 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
10451 #undef bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab
10453 #undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create
10454 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
10455 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create
10456 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
10457 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \
10458 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
10459 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
10460 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
10461 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
10462 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
10463 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
10464 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
10465 #undef elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr
10466 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr \
10467 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr
10468 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
10469 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs \
10470 elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
10473 #define elf32_bed ppc_elf_vxworks_bed
10475 #include "elf32-target.h"